* ldfile.c (ldfile_try_open_bfd): Pop lexer start condition after
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / ada-lang.c
1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright
2 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
20
21 #include <stdio.h>
22 #include "gdb_string.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include <stdarg.h>
25 #include "demangle.h"
26 #include "defs.h"
27 #include "symtab.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "gdbcmd.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "parser-defs.h"
32 #include "language.h"
33 #include "c-lang.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "symfile.h"
36 #include "objfiles.h"
37 #include "breakpoint.h"
38 #include "gdbcore.h"
39 #include "ada-lang.h"
40 #include "ui-out.h"
41 #include "block.h"
42
43 struct cleanup *unresolved_names;
44
45 void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf);
46
47 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
48
49 static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int);
50
51 static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *);
52
53 static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *);
54
55 static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *);
56
57 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *);
58
59 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *);
60
61 static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *);
62
63 static struct value *desc_data (struct value *);
64
65 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *);
66
67 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *);
68
69 static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int);
70
71 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int);
72
73 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int);
74
75 static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int);
76
77 static int desc_arity (struct type *);
78
79 static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int);
80
81 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int);
82
83 static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *);
84
85 static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *,
86 CORE_ADDR *);
87
88 static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *,
89 CORE_ADDR *);
90
91 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *,
92 namespace_enum, struct objfile *, int);
93
94 static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *);
95
96 static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int);
97
98 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *);
99
100 static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
101 *, const char *, int,
102 namespace_enum, int);
103
104 static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *);
105
106 static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int,
107 struct type *);
108
109 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int,
110 struct symbol *, struct block *);
111
112 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **);
113
114 static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode);
115
116 static int numeric_type_p (struct type *);
117
118 static int integer_type_p (struct type *);
119
120 static int scalar_type_p (struct type *);
121
122 static int discrete_type_p (struct type *);
123
124 static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line,
125 const char *);
126
127 static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *,
128 int *, enum noside);
129
130 static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *);
131
132 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
133
134 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int);
135
136 static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *,
137 CORE_ADDR, struct value *);
138
139 static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *,
140 struct objfile *);
141
142 static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *);
143
144 static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *);
145
146 static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *);
147
148 static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *);
149
150 static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *);
151
152 static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int,
153 struct value **);
154
155 static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long,
156 struct type *);
157
158 static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *);
159
160 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *);
161
162 static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *);
163
164 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
165
166 static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
167
168 static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *,
169 int,
170 struct symbol
171 **, int);
172
173 static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **,
174 int, int *);
175
176 static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int);
177
178 static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int,
179 char ***);
180
181 static void read_all_symtabs (const char *);
182
183 static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int);
184
185 static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *);
186
187 static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *);
188
189 static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *);
190
191 static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, namespace_enum);
192
193 extern void markTimeStart (int index);
194 extern void markTimeStop (int index);
195 \f
196
197
198 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
199 static unsigned int varsize_limit;
200
201 static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters =
202 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
203
204 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */
205 #define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"
206
207 /* Utilities */
208
209 /* extract_string
210 *
211 * read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the
212 * result into BUF
213 */
214 void
215 extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf)
216 {
217 int char_index = 0;
218
219 /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000'
220 end-of-string marker */
221 do
222 {
223 target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char),
224 buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char));
225 char_index++;
226 }
227 while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000');
228 }
229
230 /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
231 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
232 updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */
233
234 void
235 grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size)
236 {
237 if (*size < min_size)
238 {
239 *size *= 2;
240 if (*size < min_size)
241 *size = min_size;
242 *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
243 }
244 }
245
246 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
247 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */
248
249 static int
250 field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target)
251 {
252 int len = strlen (target);
253 return
254 STREQN (field_name, target, len)
255 && (field_name[len] == '\0'
256 || (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3)
257 && !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN")));
258 }
259
260
261 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
262
263 int
264 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name)
265 {
266 if (name == NULL)
267 return 0;
268 else
269 {
270 const char *p = strstr (name, "___");
271 if (p == NULL)
272 return strlen (name);
273 else
274 return p - name;
275 }
276 }
277
278 /* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */
279 static int
280 is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix)
281 {
282 int len1, len2;
283 if (str == NULL)
284 return 0;
285 len1 = strlen (str);
286 len2 = strlen (suffix);
287 return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix));
288 }
289
290 /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it
291 * is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is
292 * ADDRESS. */
293 struct value *
294 value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
295 CORE_ADDR address)
296 {
297 struct value *v = allocate_value (type);
298 if (valaddr == NULL)
299 VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1;
300 else
301 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
302 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address;
303 if (address != 0)
304 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory;
305 return v;
306 }
307
308 /* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a
309 value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
310
311 static struct value *
312 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type)
313 {
314 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
315 if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory)
316 return value_at_lazy (type,
317 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset,
318 NULL);
319 else
320 {
321 struct value *result = allocate_value (type);
322 VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval;
323 if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0)
324 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset,
325 TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))
326 ? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type));
327 else
328 {
329 VALUE_ADDRESS (result) =
330 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset;
331 VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1;
332 }
333 return result;
334 }
335 }
336
337 static char *
338 cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset)
339 {
340 if (valaddr == NULL)
341 return NULL;
342 else
343 return valaddr + offset;
344 }
345
346 static CORE_ADDR
347 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset)
348 {
349 if (address == 0)
350 return 0;
351 else
352 return address + offset;
353 }
354
355 /* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all
356 arguments up to NULL. */
357 static void
358 do_command (const char *arg, ...)
359 {
360 int len;
361 char *cmd;
362 const char *s;
363 va_list ap;
364
365 va_start (ap, arg);
366 len = 0;
367 s = arg;
368 cmd = "";
369 for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *))
370 {
371 char *cmd1;
372 len += strlen (s);
373 cmd1 = alloca (len + 1);
374 strcpy (cmd1, cmd);
375 strcat (cmd1, s);
376 cmd = cmd1;
377 }
378 va_end (ap);
379 execute_command (cmd, 0);
380 }
381 \f
382
383 /* Language Selection */
384
385 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
386 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
387
388 MAIN_PST is not used. */
389
390 enum language
391 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang,
392 struct partial_symtab *main_pst)
393 {
394 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL,
395 (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL)
396 /* return language_ada; */
397 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
398 return language_unknown;
399
400 return lang;
401 }
402 \f
403
404 /* Symbols */
405
406 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair
407 of NULLs. */
408
409 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = {
410 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD},
411 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB},
412 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL},
413 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV},
414 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD},
415 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM},
416 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP},
417 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS},
418 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ},
419 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR},
420 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ},
421 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL},
422 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL},
423 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND},
424 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR},
425 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR},
426 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT},
427 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS},
428 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT},
429 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS},
430 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG},
431 {NULL, NULL}
432 };
433
434 /* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */
435 static int
436 is_suppressed_name (const char *str)
437 {
438 if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5))
439 str += 5;
440 if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000')
441 return 1;
442 else
443 {
444 const char *p;
445 const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___");
446 if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X')
447 return 1;
448 if (suffix == NULL)
449 suffix = str + strlen (str);
450 for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1)
451 if (isupper (*p))
452 {
453 int i;
454 if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_')
455 goto OK;
456 if (*p != 'O')
457 return 1;
458 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
459 if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p,
460 strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled)))
461 goto OK;
462 return 1;
463 OK:;
464 }
465 return 0;
466 }
467 }
468
469 /* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions.
470 * The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */
471 char *
472 ada_mangle (const char *demangled)
473 {
474 static char *mangling_buffer = NULL;
475 static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0;
476 const char *p;
477 int k;
478
479 if (demangled == NULL)
480 return NULL;
481
482 GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size,
483 2 * strlen (demangled) + 10);
484
485 k = 0;
486 for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1)
487 {
488 if (*p == '.')
489 {
490 mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_';
491 k += 2;
492 }
493 else if (*p == '"')
494 {
495 const struct ada_opname_map *mapping;
496
497 for (mapping = ada_opname_table;
498 mapping->mangled != NULL &&
499 !STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled));
500 p += 1)
501 ;
502 if (mapping->mangled == NULL)
503 error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p);
504 strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled);
505 k += strlen (mapping->mangled);
506 break;
507 }
508 else
509 {
510 mangling_buffer[k] = *p;
511 k += 1;
512 }
513 }
514
515 mangling_buffer[k] = '\0';
516 return mangling_buffer;
517 }
518
519 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
520 * quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
521 * to next call. */
522 char *
523 ada_fold_name (const char *name)
524 {
525 static char *fold_buffer = NULL;
526 static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0;
527
528 int len = strlen (name);
529 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1);
530
531 if (name[0] == '\'')
532 {
533 strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2);
534 fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000';
535 }
536 else
537 {
538 int i;
539 for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1)
540 fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]);
541 }
542
543 return fold_buffer;
544 }
545
546 /* Demangle:
547 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
548 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
549 3. Discard leading _ada_.
550 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols.
551 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by
552 'X'.
553 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing.
554 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
555 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies).
556 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.
557 */
558
559 char *
560 ada_demangle (const char *mangled)
561 {
562 int i, j;
563 int len0;
564 const char *p;
565 char *demangled;
566 int at_start_name;
567 static char *demangling_buffer = NULL;
568 static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0;
569
570 if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5))
571 mangled += 5;
572
573 if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
574 goto Suppress;
575
576 p = strstr (mangled, "___");
577 if (p == NULL)
578 len0 = strlen (mangled);
579 else
580 {
581 if (p[3] == 'X')
582 len0 = p - mangled;
583 else
584 goto Suppress;
585 }
586 if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB"))
587 len0 -= 3;
588 if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B"))
589 len0 -= 1;
590
591 /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
592 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1);
593 demangled = demangling_buffer;
594
595 if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1]))
596 {
597 for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1)
598 ;
599 if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
600 len0 = i - 1;
601 else if (mangled[i] == '$')
602 len0 = i;
603 }
604
605 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1)
606 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
607
608 at_start_name = 1;
609 while (i < len0)
610 {
611 if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O')
612 {
613 int k;
614 for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1)
615 {
616 int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled);
617 if (STREQN
618 (ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1,
619 op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len]))
620 {
621 strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
622 at_start_name = 0;
623 i += op_len;
624 j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
625 break;
626 }
627 }
628 if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL)
629 continue;
630 }
631 at_start_name = 0;
632
633 if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4))
634 i += 2;
635 if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1]))
636 {
637 do
638 i += 1;
639 while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n'));
640 if (i < len0)
641 goto Suppress;
642 }
643 else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
644 {
645 demangled[j] = '.';
646 at_start_name = 1;
647 i += 2;
648 j += 1;
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
653 i += 1;
654 j += 1;
655 }
656 }
657 demangled[j] = '\000';
658
659 for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
660 if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
661 goto Suppress;
662
663 return demangled;
664
665 Suppress:
666 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3);
667 demangled = demangling_buffer;
668 if (mangled[0] == '<')
669 strcpy (demangled, mangled);
670 else
671 sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
672 return demangled;
673
674 }
675
676 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
677 * suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
678 * SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
679 * information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
680 * suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
681 * either argument is NULL. */
682
683 int
684 ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild)
685 {
686 if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL)
687 return 0;
688 else if (wild)
689 return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name);
690 else
691 {
692 int len_name = strlen (name);
693 return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name)
694 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name))
695 || (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5)
696 && STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name)
697 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be
702 suppressed in info listings. */
703
704 int
705 ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym)
706 {
707 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE)
708 return 1;
709 else
710 return is_suppressed_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
711 }
712 \f
713
714 /* Arrays */
715
716 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of
717 array descriptors. */
718
719 static char *bound_name[] = {
720 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
721 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
722 };
723
724 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
725
726 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*)))
727
728 /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
729
730 static void
731 modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize)
732 {
733 modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)),
734 fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize);
735 }
736
737
738 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
739 (fat pointers). */
740
741 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
742 level of indirection, if needed. */
743 static struct type *
744 desc_base_type (struct type *type)
745 {
746 if (type == NULL)
747 return NULL;
748 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
749 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
750 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
751 else
752 return type;
753 }
754
755 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
756 static int
757 is_thin_pntr (struct type *type)
758 {
759 return
760 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT")
761 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE");
762 }
763
764 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
765 static struct type *
766 thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type)
767 {
768 struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type);
769 if (base_type == NULL)
770 return NULL;
771 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE"))
772 return base_type;
773 else
774 {
775 struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE");
776 if (alt_type == NULL)
777 return base_type;
778 else
779 return alt_type;
780 }
781 }
782
783 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
784 static struct value *
785 thin_data_pntr (struct value *val)
786 {
787 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val);
788 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
789 return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
790 value_copy (val));
791 else
792 return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
793 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val));
794 }
795
796 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
797 static int
798 is_thick_pntr (struct type *type)
799 {
800 type = desc_base_type (type);
801 return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
802 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL);
803 }
804
805 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
806 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
807 static struct type *
808 desc_bounds_type (struct type *type)
809 {
810 struct type *r;
811
812 type = desc_base_type (type);
813
814 if (type == NULL)
815 return NULL;
816 else if (is_thin_pntr (type))
817 {
818 type = thin_descriptor_type (type);
819 if (type == NULL)
820 return NULL;
821 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1);
822 if (r != NULL)
823 return check_typedef (r);
824 }
825 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
826 {
827 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
828 if (r != NULL)
829 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r)));
830 }
831 return NULL;
832 }
833
834 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
835 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
836 static struct value *
837 desc_bounds (struct value *arr)
838 {
839 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
840 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
841 {
842 struct type *bounds_type =
843 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type));
844 LONGEST addr;
845
846 if (desc_bounds_type == NULL)
847 error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor");
848
849 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
850 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
851 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
852 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
853 addr = value_as_long (arr);
854 else
855 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr);
856
857 return
858 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type),
859 addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type));
860 }
861
862 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
863 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL,
864 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
865 else
866 return NULL;
867 }
868
869 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
870 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
871 static int
872 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type)
873 {
874 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1);
875 }
876
877 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
878 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
879 static int
880 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type)
881 {
882 type = desc_base_type (type);
883
884 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0)
885 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1);
886 else
887 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1)));
888 }
889
890 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
891 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a
892 pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use
893 ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */
894 static struct type *
895 desc_data_type (struct type *type)
896 {
897 type = desc_base_type (type);
898
899 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
900 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
901 return lookup_pointer_type
902 (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)));
903 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
904 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1);
905 else
906 return NULL;
907 }
908
909 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
910 its array data. */
911 static struct value *
912 desc_data (struct value *arr)
913 {
914 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
915 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
916 return thin_data_pntr (arr);
917 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
918 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL,
919 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
920 else
921 return NULL;
922 }
923
924
925 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
926 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
927 static int
928 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type)
929 {
930 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0);
931 }
932
933 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
934 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
935 static int
936 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type)
937 {
938 type = desc_base_type (type);
939
940 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0)
941 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0);
942 else
943 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
944 }
945
946 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
947 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
948 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
949 static struct value *
950 desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which)
951 {
952 return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL,
953 "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds");
954 }
955
956 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
957 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
958 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
959 static int
960 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which)
961 {
962 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2);
963 }
964
965 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
966 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
967 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
968 static int
969 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which)
970 {
971 type = desc_base_type (type);
972
973 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0)
974 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2);
975 else
976 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2));
977 }
978
979 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
980 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
981 static struct type *
982 desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i)
983 {
984 type = desc_base_type (type);
985
986 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
987 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1);
988 else
989 return NULL;
990 }
991
992 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0
993 if TYPE is NULL. */
994 static int
995 desc_arity (struct type *type)
996 {
997 type = desc_base_type (type);
998
999 if (type != NULL)
1000 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2;
1001 return 0;
1002 }
1003
1004
1005 /* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */
1006 int
1007 ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type)
1008 {
1009 if (type == NULL)
1010 return 0;
1011 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1012 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1013 || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1014 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY));
1015 }
1016
1017 /* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1018 int
1019 ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1020 {
1021 struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type);
1022
1023 if (type == NULL)
1024 return 0;
1025 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1026 return
1027 data_type != NULL
1028 && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1029 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL
1030 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1031 ||
1032 TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1033 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1037 descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1038 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1039 is still needed. */
1040 int
1041 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1042 {
1043 return
1044 type != NULL
1045 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1046 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1047 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL)
1048 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type);
1049 }
1050
1051
1052 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1053 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1054 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1055 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1056 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1057 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1058 a descriptor. */
1059 struct type *
1060 ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
1061 {
1062 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1063 return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1064
1065 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1066 return VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1067
1068 if (!bounds)
1069 return
1070 check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))));
1071 else
1072 {
1073 struct type *elt_type;
1074 int arity;
1075 struct value *descriptor;
1076 struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1077
1078 elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1);
1079 arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1080
1081 if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0)
1082 return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1083
1084 descriptor = desc_bounds (arr);
1085 if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0)
1086 return NULL;
1087 while (arity > 0)
1088 {
1089 struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf);
1090 struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf);
1091 struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0);
1092 struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1);
1093 arity -= 1;
1094
1095 create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low),
1096 (int) value_as_long (low),
1097 (int) value_as_long (high));
1098 elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type);
1099 }
1100
1101 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type);
1102 }
1103 }
1104
1105 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1106 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1107 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1108 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1109 struct value *
1110 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr)
1111 {
1112 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1113 {
1114 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1);
1115 if (arrType == NULL)
1116 return NULL;
1117 return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr)));
1118 }
1119 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1120 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1121 else
1122 return arr;
1123 }
1124
1125 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1126 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1127 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1128 struct value *
1129 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr)
1130 {
1131 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1132 {
1133 struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr);
1134 if (arrVal == NULL)
1135 error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.");
1136 return value_ind (arrVal);
1137 }
1138 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1139 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1140 else
1141 return arr;
1142 }
1143
1144 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1145 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1146 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1147 struct type *
1148 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type)
1149 {
1150 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1151 struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0);
1152 struct type *result;
1153 VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type;
1154 result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0);
1155 value_free_to_mark (dummy);
1156 return result;
1157 }
1158
1159 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1160 int
1161 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1162 {
1163 if (type == NULL)
1164 return 0;
1165 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1166 return
1167 ada_type_name (type) != NULL
1168 && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL;
1169 }
1170
1171 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1172 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1173 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1174 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1175 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1176 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1177 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1178 in bits. */
1179 static struct type *
1180 packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits)
1181 {
1182 struct type *new_elt_type;
1183 struct type *new_type;
1184 LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
1185
1186 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1187 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1188 return type;
1189
1190 new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
1191 new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1192 elt_bits);
1193 create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1194 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits;
1195 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type);
1196
1197 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
1198 &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0)
1199 low_bound = high_bound = 0;
1200 if (high_bound < low_bound)
1201 *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0;
1202 else
1203 {
1204 *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1);
1205 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) =
1206 (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
1210 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
1211 return new_type;
1212 }
1213
1214 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE).
1215 */
1216 static struct type *
1217 decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1218 {
1219 struct symbol **syms;
1220 struct block **blocks;
1221 const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type));
1222 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1);
1223 char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP");
1224 struct type *shadow_type;
1225 long bits;
1226 int i, n;
1227
1228 memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name);
1229 name[tail - raw_name] = '\000';
1230
1231 /* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions
1232 * of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */
1233 n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL),
1234 VAR_NAMESPACE, &syms, &blocks);
1235 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
1236 if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF
1237 && STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))))
1238 break;
1239 if (i >= n)
1240 {
1241 warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array");
1242 return NULL;
1243 }
1244 shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]);
1245
1246 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1247 {
1248 warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array");
1249 return NULL;
1250 }
1251
1252 if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1)
1253 {
1254 warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array");
1255 return NULL;
1256 }
1257
1258 return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array,
1262 returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
1263 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
1264 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
1265 type length is set appropriately. */
1266
1267 static struct value *
1268 decode_packed_array (struct value *arr)
1269 {
1270 struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1271
1272 if (type == NULL)
1273 {
1274 error ("can't unpack array");
1275 return NULL;
1276 }
1277 else
1278 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type);
1279 }
1280
1281
1282 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
1283 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
1284
1285 static struct value *
1286 value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1287 {
1288 int i;
1289 int bits, elt_off, bit_off;
1290 long elt_total_bit_offset;
1291 struct type *elt_type;
1292 struct value *v;
1293
1294 bits = 0;
1295 elt_total_bit_offset = 0;
1296 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1297 for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1)
1298 {
1299 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1300 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0)
1301 error
1302 ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array");
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type);
1306 LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound;
1307 LONGEST idx;
1308
1309 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0)
1310 {
1311 warning ("don't know bounds of array");
1312 lowerbound = upperbound = 0;
1313 }
1314
1315 idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i]));
1316 if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound)
1317 warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx);
1318 bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0);
1319 elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits;
1320 elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type));
1321 }
1322 }
1323 elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1324 bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1325
1326 v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off,
1327 bits, elt_type);
1328 if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar)
1329 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1330 else
1331 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr);
1332 return v;
1333 }
1334
1335 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
1336
1337 static int
1338 has_negatives (struct type *type)
1339 {
1340 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1341 {
1342 default:
1343 return 0;
1344 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
1345 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
1346 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
1347 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0;
1348 }
1349 }
1350
1351
1352 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
1353 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
1354 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
1355 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ
1356 may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the
1357 start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned
1358 in this case is never an lval.
1359 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
1360
1361 struct value *
1362 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset,
1363 int bit_offset, int bit_size,
1364 struct type *type)
1365 {
1366 struct value *v;
1367 int src, /* Index into the source area. */
1368 targ, /* Index into the target area. */
1369 i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */
1370 nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */
1371 unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant
1372 * byte of source that are unused. */
1373 accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
1374 unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */
1375 unsigned char *unpacked;
1376 unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
1377 unsigned char sign;
1378 int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8;
1379 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the
1380 * direction the indices move. */
1381 int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1;
1382
1383 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1384
1385 if (obj == NULL)
1386 {
1387 v = allocate_value (type);
1388 bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset);
1389 }
1390 else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj))
1391 {
1392 v = value_at (type,
1393 VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL);
1394 bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len);
1395 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len);
1396 }
1397 else
1398 {
1399 v = allocate_value (type);
1400 bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset;
1401 }
1402
1403 if (obj != NULL)
1404 {
1405 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj);
1406 if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar)
1407 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1408 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset;
1409 VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj);
1410 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1411 if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1412 {
1413 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1;
1414 VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1415 }
1416 }
1417 else
1418 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1419 unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v);
1420
1421 srcBitsLeft = bit_size;
1422 nsrc = len;
1423 ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
1424 sign = 0;
1425 if (bit_size == 0)
1426 {
1427 memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1428 return v;
1429 }
1430 else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1431 {
1432 src = len - 1;
1433 if (has_negatives (type) &&
1434 ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1))))
1435 sign = ~0;
1436
1437 unusedLS =
1438 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1439 % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1440
1441 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1442 {
1443 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
1444 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
1445 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
1446 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */
1447 accumSize =
1448 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1449 /* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
1450 * of the target. */
1451 targ = src;
1452 break;
1453 default:
1454 accumSize = 0;
1455 targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1;
1456 break;
1457 }
1458 }
1459 else
1460 {
1461 int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8;
1462
1463 src = targ = 0;
1464 unusedLS = bit_offset;
1465 accumSize = 0;
1466
1467 if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset)))
1468 sign = ~0;
1469 }
1470
1471 accum = 0;
1472 while (nsrc > 0)
1473 {
1474 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
1475 * part of the value. */
1476 unsigned int unusedMSMask =
1477 (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) -
1478 1;
1479 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
1480 unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask;
1481 accum |=
1482 (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize;
1483 accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1484 if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1485 {
1486 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1487 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1488 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1489 ntarg -= 1;
1490 targ += delta;
1491 }
1492 srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1493 unusedLS = 0;
1494 nsrc -= 1;
1495 src += delta;
1496 }
1497 while (ntarg > 0)
1498 {
1499 accum |= sign << accumSize;
1500 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1501 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1502 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1503 ntarg -= 1;
1504 targ += delta;
1505 }
1506
1507 return v;
1508 }
1509
1510 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
1511 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
1512 not overlap. */
1513 static void
1514 move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n)
1515 {
1516 unsigned int accum, mask;
1517 int accum_bits, chunk_size;
1518
1519 target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1520 targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1521 source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1522 src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1523 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1524 {
1525 accum = (unsigned char) *source;
1526 source += 1;
1527 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1528
1529 while (n > 0)
1530 {
1531 int unused_right;
1532 accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source;
1533 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1534 source += 1;
1535 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1536 if (chunk_size > n)
1537 chunk_size = n;
1538 unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset);
1539 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right;
1540 *target =
1541 (*target & ~mask)
1542 | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask);
1543 n -= chunk_size;
1544 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1545 target += 1;
1546 targ_offset = 0;
1547 }
1548 }
1549 else
1550 {
1551 accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset;
1552 source += 1;
1553 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1554
1555 while (n > 0)
1556 {
1557 accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits);
1558 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1559 source += 1;
1560 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1561 if (chunk_size > n)
1562 chunk_size = n;
1563 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset;
1564 *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask);
1565 n -= chunk_size;
1566 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1567 accum >>= chunk_size;
1568 target += 1;
1569 targ_offset = 0;
1570 }
1571 }
1572 }
1573
1574
1575 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
1576 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
1577 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
1578 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
1579
1580 static struct value *
1581 ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
1582 {
1583 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval);
1584 int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval);
1585
1586 if (!toval->modifiable)
1587 error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.");
1588
1589 COERCE_REF (toval);
1590
1591 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory
1592 && bits > 0
1593 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
1594 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT))
1595 {
1596 int len =
1597 (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1598 char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
1599 struct value *val;
1600
1601 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
1602 fromval = value_cast (type, fromval);
1603
1604 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len);
1605 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1606 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval),
1607 VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1608 TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT -
1609 bits, bits);
1610 else
1611 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1612 0, bits);
1613 write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer,
1614 len);
1615
1616 val = value_copy (toval);
1617 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1618 TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1619 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
1620
1621 return val;
1622 }
1623
1624 return value_assign (toval, fromval);
1625 }
1626
1627
1628 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
1629 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
1630 thereto. */
1631
1632 struct value *
1633 ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1634 {
1635 int k;
1636 struct value *elt;
1637 struct type *elt_type;
1638
1639 elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr);
1640
1641 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt));
1642 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1643 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0)
1644 return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind);
1645
1646 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1647 {
1648 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1649 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1650 elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k]));
1651 }
1652 return elt;
1653 }
1654
1655 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
1656 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
1657 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
1658
1659 struct value *
1660 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity,
1661 struct value **ind)
1662 {
1663 int k;
1664
1665 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1666 {
1667 LONGEST lwb, upb;
1668 struct value *idx;
1669
1670 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1671 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1672 arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1673 value_copy (arr));
1674 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb);
1675 if (lwb == 0)
1676 idx = ind[k];
1677 else
1678 idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb));
1679 arr = value_add (arr, idx);
1680 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1681 }
1682
1683 return value_ind (arr);
1684 }
1685
1686 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1687 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
1688 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
1689 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
1690
1691 int
1692 ada_array_arity (struct type *type)
1693 {
1694 int arity;
1695
1696 if (type == NULL)
1697 return 0;
1698
1699 type = desc_base_type (type);
1700
1701 arity = 0;
1702 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1703 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type));
1704 else
1705 while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1706 {
1707 arity += 1;
1708 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
1709 }
1710
1711 return arity;
1712 }
1713
1714 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1715 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
1716 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
1717 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
1718
1719 struct type *
1720 ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices)
1721 {
1722 type = desc_base_type (type);
1723
1724 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1725 {
1726 int k;
1727 struct type *p_array_type;
1728
1729 p_array_type = desc_data_type (type);
1730
1731 k = ada_array_arity (type);
1732 if (k == 0)
1733 return NULL;
1734
1735 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */
1736 if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices)
1737 k = nindices;
1738 p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type);
1739 while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL)
1740 {
1741 p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type));
1742 k -= 1;
1743 }
1744 return p_array_type;
1745 }
1746 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1747 {
1748 while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1749 {
1750 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1751 nindices -= 1;
1752 }
1753 return type;
1754 }
1755
1756 return NULL;
1757 }
1758
1759 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does
1760 not examine memory. */
1761
1762 struct type *
1763 ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n)
1764 {
1765 type = desc_base_type (type);
1766
1767 if (n > ada_array_arity (type))
1768 return NULL;
1769
1770 if (ada_is_simple_array (type))
1771 {
1772 int i;
1773
1774 for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1)
1775 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1776
1777 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1778 }
1779 else
1780 return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n);
1781 }
1782
1783 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
1784 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
1785 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
1786 array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the
1787 bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by
1788 run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1789
1790 LONGEST
1791 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which,
1792 struct type ** typep)
1793 {
1794 struct type *type;
1795 struct type *index_type_desc;
1796
1797 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1798 arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type);
1799
1800 if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1801 {
1802 if (typep != NULL)
1803 *typep = builtin_type_int;
1804 return (LONGEST) - which;
1805 }
1806
1807 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
1808 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type);
1809 else
1810 type = arr_type;
1811
1812 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA");
1813 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
1814 {
1815 struct type *range_type;
1816 struct type *index_type;
1817
1818 while (n > 1)
1819 {
1820 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1821 n -= 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type);
1825 index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type);
1826 if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
1827 index_type = builtin_type_long;
1828 if (typep != NULL)
1829 *typep = index_type;
1830 return
1831 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1832 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)
1833 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
1834 }
1835 else
1836 {
1837 struct type *index_type =
1838 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1),
1839 NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type));
1840 if (typep != NULL)
1841 *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type);
1842 return
1843 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1844 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type)
1845 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type));
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
1850 nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if
1851 which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1852 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1853
1854 struct value *
1855 ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which)
1856 {
1857 struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1858
1859 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1860 return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which);
1861 else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1862 {
1863 struct type *type;
1864 LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type);
1865 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which);
1869 }
1870
1871 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
1872 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1873 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not
1874 work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
1875 clauses at the moment. */
1876
1877 struct value *
1878 ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n)
1879 {
1880 struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1881 struct type *index_type_desc;
1882
1883 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1884 return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n);
1885
1886 if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1887 {
1888 struct type *type;
1889 LONGEST v =
1890 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) -
1891 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1;
1892 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1893 }
1894 else
1895 return
1896 value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
1897 value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1898 n, 1))
1899 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1900 n, 0)) + 1);
1901 }
1902 \f
1903
1904 /* Name resolution */
1905
1906 /* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
1907 to op. */
1908
1909 static const char *
1910 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op)
1911 {
1912 int i;
1913
1914 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
1915 {
1916 if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op)
1917 return ada_opname_table[i].demangled;
1918 }
1919 error ("Could not find operator name for opcode");
1920 }
1921
1922
1923 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
1924 references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are
1925 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
1926 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
1927 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
1928 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
1929 return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list
1930 of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed.
1931 May change (expand) *EXP. */
1932
1933 void
1934 ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type)
1935 {
1936 int pc;
1937 pc = 0;
1938 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type);
1939 }
1940
1941 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
1942 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
1943 OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing
1944 built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators,
1945 where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting
1946 function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand
1947 EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */
1948
1949 static struct value *
1950 ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p,
1951 struct type *context_type)
1952 {
1953 int pc = *pos;
1954 int i;
1955 struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */
1956 enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode;
1957 struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
1958 int nargs; /* Number of operands */
1959
1960 argvec = NULL;
1961 nargs = 0;
1962 exp = *expp;
1963
1964 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */
1965 switch (op)
1966 {
1967 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
1968 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */
1969 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1970 *pos += 4;
1971 break;
1972
1973 case OP_FUNCALL:
1974 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
1975 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1976 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
1977 {
1978 *pos += 7;
1979
1980 argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1));
1981 for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1)
1982 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1983 argvec[i] = NULL;
1984 }
1985 else
1986 {
1987 *pos += 3;
1988 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
1989 for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1)
1990 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1991 }
1992 */
1993 exp = *expp;
1994 break;
1995
1996 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
1997 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
1998 nargs = 1;
1999 *pos += 3;
2000 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type);
2001 exp = *expp;
2002 break;
2003 */
2004 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
2005 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
2006 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
2007 *pos += 4;
2008 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2009 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2010 exp = *expp;
2011 break;
2012 */
2013 case UNOP_ADDR:
2014 nargs = 1;
2015 *pos += 1;
2016 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2017 exp = *expp;
2018 break;
2019
2020 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
2021 {
2022 struct value *arg1;
2023 nargs = 2;
2024 *pos += 1;
2025 arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2026 if (arg1 == NULL)
2027 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2028 else
2029 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
2030 break;
2031 }
2032
2033 default:
2034 switch (op)
2035 {
2036 default:
2037 error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution");
2038 case UNOP_CAST:
2039 /* case UNOP_MBR:
2040 nargs = 1;
2041 *pos += 3;
2042 break;
2043 */
2044 case BINOP_ADD:
2045 case BINOP_SUB:
2046 case BINOP_MUL:
2047 case BINOP_DIV:
2048 case BINOP_REM:
2049 case BINOP_MOD:
2050 case BINOP_EXP:
2051 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2052 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
2053 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
2054 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2055 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2056 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2057
2058 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2059 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2060 case BINOP_LESS:
2061 case BINOP_GTR:
2062 case BINOP_LEQ:
2063 case BINOP_GEQ:
2064
2065 case BINOP_REPEAT:
2066 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT:
2067 case BINOP_COMMA:
2068 nargs = 2;
2069 *pos += 1;
2070 break;
2071
2072 case UNOP_NEG:
2073 case UNOP_PLUS:
2074 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2075 case UNOP_ABS:
2076 case UNOP_IND:
2077 nargs = 1;
2078 *pos += 1;
2079 break;
2080
2081 case OP_LONG:
2082 case OP_DOUBLE:
2083 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2084 *pos += 4;
2085 break;
2086
2087 case OP_TYPE:
2088 case OP_BOOL:
2089 case OP_LAST:
2090 case OP_REGISTER:
2091 case OP_INTERNALVAR:
2092 *pos += 3;
2093 break;
2094
2095 case UNOP_MEMVAL:
2096 *pos += 3;
2097 nargs = 1;
2098 break;
2099
2100 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
2101 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
2102 nargs = 1;
2103 *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1);
2104 break;
2105
2106 case OP_ARRAY:
2107 *pos += 4;
2108 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1;
2109 nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
2110 /* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */
2111 /* if (nargs == 0)
2112 nargs = 1;
2113 break; */
2114
2115 case TERNOP_SLICE:
2116 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2117 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
2118 *pos += 1;
2119 nargs = 3;
2120 break;
2121 */
2122 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2123 /* case BINOP_MBR:
2124 *pos += 3;
2125 nargs = 2;
2126 break; */
2127 }
2128
2129 argvec =
2130 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
2131 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2132 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2133 argvec[i] = NULL;
2134 exp = *expp;
2135 break;
2136 }
2137
2138 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
2139 switch (op)
2140 {
2141 default:
2142 break;
2143
2144 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2145 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
2146 {
2147 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2148 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2149 int n_candidates;
2150
2151 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name,
2152 exp->elts[pc + 1].block,
2153 VAR_NAMESPACE,
2154 &candidate_syms,
2155 &candidate_blocks);
2156
2157 if (n_candidates > 1)
2158 { */
2159 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
2160 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
2161 out all types. *//*
2162 int j;
2163 for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1)
2164 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]))
2165 {
2166 case LOC_REGISTER:
2167 case LOC_ARG:
2168 case LOC_REF_ARG:
2169 case LOC_REGPARM:
2170 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
2171 case LOC_LOCAL:
2172 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
2173 case LOC_BASEREG:
2174 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
2175 case LOC_COMPUTED:
2176 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
2177 goto FoundNonType;
2178 default:
2179 break;
2180 }
2181 FoundNonType:
2182 if (j < n_candidates)
2183 {
2184 j = 0;
2185 while (j < n_candidates)
2186 {
2187 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
2188 {
2189 candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1];
2190 candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1];
2191 n_candidates -= 1;
2192 }
2193 else
2194 j += 1;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 }
2198
2199 if (n_candidates == 0)
2200 error ("No definition found for %s",
2201 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2202 else if (n_candidates == 1)
2203 i = 0;
2204 else if (deprocedure_p
2205 && ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates))
2206 {
2207 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2208 n_candidates, NULL, 0,
2209 exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type);
2210 if (i < 0)
2211 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2212 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2213 }
2214 else
2215 {
2216 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n",
2217 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name));
2218 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2219 n_candidates, 1);
2220 i = 0;
2221 }
2222
2223 exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2224 exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2225 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2226 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2227 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2228 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2229 } */
2230 /* FALL THROUGH */
2231
2232 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2233 if (deprocedure_p &&
2234 TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) ==
2235 TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2236 {
2237 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0,
2238 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol,
2239 exp->elts[pc + 1].block);
2240 exp = *expp;
2241 }
2242 break;
2243
2244 case OP_FUNCALL:
2245 {
2246 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2247 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
2248 {
2249 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2250 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2251 int n_candidates;
2252
2253 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name,
2254 exp->elts[pc + 4].block,
2255 VAR_NAMESPACE,
2256 &candidate_syms,
2257 &candidate_blocks);
2258 if (n_candidates == 1)
2259 i = 0;
2260 else
2261 {
2262 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2263 n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1,
2264 exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type);
2265 if (i < 0)
2266 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2267 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
2268 }
2269
2270 exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2271 exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2272 exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2273 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2274 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2275 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2276 } */
2277
2278 }
2279 break;
2280 case BINOP_ADD:
2281 case BINOP_SUB:
2282 case BINOP_MUL:
2283 case BINOP_DIV:
2284 case BINOP_REM:
2285 case BINOP_MOD:
2286 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2287 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2288 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2289 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2290 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2291 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2292 case BINOP_LESS:
2293 case BINOP_GTR:
2294 case BINOP_LEQ:
2295 case BINOP_GEQ:
2296 case BINOP_EXP:
2297 case UNOP_NEG:
2298 case UNOP_PLUS:
2299 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2300 case UNOP_ABS:
2301 if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec))
2302 {
2303 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
2304 struct block **candidate_blocks;
2305 int n_candidates;
2306
2307 n_candidates =
2308 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)),
2309 (struct block *) NULL, VAR_NAMESPACE,
2310 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
2311 i =
2312 ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2313 n_candidates, argvec, nargs,
2314 ada_op_name (op), NULL);
2315 if (i < 0)
2316 break;
2317
2318 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1,
2319 candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]);
2320 exp = *expp;
2321 }
2322 break;
2323 }
2324
2325 *pos = pc;
2326 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos);
2327 }
2328
2329 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
2330 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
2331 a non-pointer. */
2332 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
2333 liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */
2334
2335 static int
2336 ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref)
2337 {
2338 CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype);
2339 CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype);
2340
2341 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2342 ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype);
2343 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2344 atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype);
2345
2346 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
2347 || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
2348 return 1;
2349
2350 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype))
2351 {
2352 default:
2353 return 1;
2354 case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
2355 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
2356 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype),
2357 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0);
2358 else
2359 return (may_deref &&
2360 ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0));
2361 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2362 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2363 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2364 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype))
2365 {
2366 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2367 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2368 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2369 return 1;
2370 default:
2371 return 0;
2372 }
2373
2374 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
2375 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2376 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2377
2378 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
2379 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype))
2380 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2381 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2382 else
2383 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2384 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2385
2386 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
2387 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2388 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype));
2389 }
2390 }
2391
2392 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
2393 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
2394 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
2395 argument function. */
2396
2397 static int
2398 ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals)
2399 {
2400 int i;
2401 struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func);
2402
2403 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST &&
2404 TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2405 return (n_actuals == 0);
2406 else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2407 return 0;
2408
2409 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals)
2410 return 0;
2411
2412 for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1)
2413 {
2414 struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i));
2415 struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]));
2416
2417 if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i),
2418 VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1))
2419 return 0;
2420 }
2421 return 1;
2422 }
2423
2424 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
2425 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
2426 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
2427 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
2428
2429 static int
2430 return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type)
2431 {
2432 struct type *return_type;
2433
2434 if (func_type == NULL)
2435 return 1;
2436
2437 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2438 /* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2439 return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type));
2440 else
2441 return_type = base_type (func_type); */
2442 if (return_type == NULL)
2443 return 1;
2444
2445 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2446 /* context_type = base_type (context_type); */
2447
2448 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2449 return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type;
2450 else if (context_type == NULL)
2451 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID;
2452 else
2453 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type);
2454 }
2455
2456
2457 /* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the
2458 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
2459 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match
2460 that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If
2461 CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function.
2462 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
2463 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
2464 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
2465 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS
2466 is modified in parallel to SYMS. */
2467
2468 int
2469 ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[],
2470 int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs,
2471 const char *name, struct type *context_type)
2472 {
2473 int k;
2474 int m; /* Number of hits */
2475 struct type *fallback;
2476 struct type *return_type;
2477
2478 return_type = context_type;
2479 if (context_type == NULL)
2480 fallback = builtin_type_void;
2481 else
2482 fallback = NULL;
2483
2484 m = 0;
2485 while (1)
2486 {
2487 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
2488 {
2489 struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]));
2490
2491 if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs)
2492 && return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type))
2493 {
2494 syms[m] = syms[k];
2495 if (blocks != NULL)
2496 blocks[m] = blocks[k];
2497 m += 1;
2498 }
2499 }
2500 if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback)
2501 break;
2502 else
2503 return_type = fallback;
2504 }
2505
2506 if (m == 0)
2507 return -1;
2508 else if (m > 1)
2509 {
2510 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name);
2511 user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1);
2512 return 0;
2513 }
2514 return 0;
2515 }
2516
2517 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */
2518 /* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */
2519 /* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */
2520 /* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */
2521 /* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
2522 static int
2523 mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1)
2524 {
2525 if (N1 == NULL)
2526 return 0;
2527 else if (N0 == NULL)
2528 return 1;
2529 else
2530 {
2531 int k0, k1;
2532 for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1)
2533 ;
2534 for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1)
2535 ;
2536 if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000'
2537 && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000')
2538 {
2539 int n0, n1;
2540 n0 = k0;
2541 while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_')
2542 n0 -= 1;
2543 n1 = k1;
2544 while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_')
2545 n1 -= 1;
2546 if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0))
2547 return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1));
2548 }
2549 return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0);
2550 }
2551 }
2552
2553 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */
2554 /* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */
2555 /* permutation. */
2556 static void
2557 sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms)
2558 {
2559 int i, j;
2560 for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2561 {
2562 struct symbol *sym = syms[i];
2563 struct block *block = blocks[i];
2564 int j;
2565
2566 for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
2567 {
2568 if (mangled_ordered_before (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]),
2569 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
2570 break;
2571 syms[j + 1] = syms[j];
2572 blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j];
2573 }
2574 syms[j + 1] = sym;
2575 blocks[j + 1] = block;
2576 }
2577 }
2578
2579 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */
2580 /* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */
2581 /* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */
2582 /* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */
2583 /* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */
2584 /* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */
2585
2586 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
2587 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
2588
2589 int
2590 user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms,
2591 int max_results)
2592 {
2593 int i;
2594 int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms);
2595 int n_chosen;
2596 int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2;
2597
2598 if (max_results < 1)
2599 error ("Request to select 0 symbols!");
2600 if (nsyms <= 1)
2601 return nsyms;
2602
2603 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
2604 if (max_results > 1)
2605 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
2606
2607 sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms);
2608
2609 for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2610 {
2611 if (syms[i] == NULL)
2612 continue;
2613
2614 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
2615 {
2616 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1);
2617 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2618 i + first_choice,
2619 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2620 sal.symtab == NULL
2621 ? "<no source file available>"
2622 : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line);
2623 continue;
2624 }
2625 else
2626 {
2627 int is_enumeral =
2628 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST
2629 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL
2630 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
2631 struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]);
2632
2633 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL)
2634 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2635 i + first_choice,
2636 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2637 symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]));
2638 else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL)
2639 {
2640 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice);
2641 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0);
2642 printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n",
2643 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2644 }
2645 else if (symtab != NULL)
2646 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2647 ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n"
2648 : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n",
2649 i + first_choice,
2650 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2651 symtab->filename);
2652 else
2653 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2654 ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n"
2655 : "[%d] %s at ?\n",
2656 i + first_choice,
2657 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2658 }
2659 }
2660
2661 n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1,
2662 "overload-choice");
2663
2664 for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1)
2665 {
2666 syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]];
2667 if (blocks != NULL)
2668 blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]];
2669 }
2670
2671 return n_chosen;
2672 }
2673
2674 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
2675 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
2676 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
2677
2678 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
2679 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
2680
2681 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
2682 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
2683 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
2684
2685 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
2686
2687 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
2688 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
2689
2690 int
2691 get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results,
2692 int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix)
2693 {
2694 int i;
2695 char *args;
2696 const char *prompt;
2697 int n_chosen;
2698 int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1;
2699
2700 prompt = getenv ("PS2");
2701 if (prompt == NULL)
2702 prompt = ">";
2703
2704 printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt);
2705 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
2706
2707 args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix);
2708
2709 if (args == NULL)
2710 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2711
2712 n_chosen = 0;
2713
2714 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
2715 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
2716 while (1)
2717 {
2718 char *args2;
2719 int choice, j;
2720
2721 while (isspace (*args))
2722 args += 1;
2723 if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0)
2724 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2725 else if (*args == '\0')
2726 break;
2727
2728 choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10);
2729 if (args == args2 || choice < 0
2730 || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1)
2731 error ("Argument must be choice number");
2732 args = args2;
2733
2734 if (choice == 0)
2735 error ("cancelled");
2736
2737 if (choice < first_choice)
2738 {
2739 n_chosen = n_choices;
2740 for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1)
2741 choices[j] = j;
2742 break;
2743 }
2744 choice -= first_choice;
2745
2746 for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1)
2747 {
2748 }
2749
2750 if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j])
2751 {
2752 int k;
2753 for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1)
2754 choices[k + 1] = choices[k];
2755 choices[j + 1] = choice;
2756 n_chosen += 1;
2757 }
2758 }
2759
2760 if (n_chosen > max_results)
2761 error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results);
2762
2763 return n_chosen;
2764 }
2765
2766 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */
2767 /* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */
2768 /* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
2769
2770 static void
2771 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs,
2772 int oplen, struct symbol *sym,
2773 struct block *block)
2774 {
2775 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
2776 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
2777 struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *)
2778 xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression)
2779 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen));
2780 struct expression *exp = *expp;
2781
2782 newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen;
2783 newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn;
2784 memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc));
2785 memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen,
2786 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen));
2787
2788 newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL;
2789 newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs;
2790
2791 newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2792 newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block;
2793 newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym;
2794
2795 *expp = newexp;
2796 xfree (exp);
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Type-class predicates */
2800
2801 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */
2802 /* FLOAT.) */
2803
2804 static int
2805 numeric_type_p (struct type *type)
2806 {
2807 if (type == NULL)
2808 return 0;
2809 else
2810 {
2811 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2812 {
2813 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2814 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2815 return 1;
2816 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2817 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2818 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2819 default:
2820 return 0;
2821 }
2822 }
2823 }
2824
2825 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
2826
2827 static int
2828 integer_type_p (struct type *type)
2829 {
2830 if (type == NULL)
2831 return 0;
2832 else
2833 {
2834 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2835 {
2836 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2837 return 1;
2838 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2839 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2840 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2841 default:
2842 return 0;
2843 }
2844 }
2845 }
2846
2847 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
2848
2849 static int
2850 scalar_type_p (struct type *type)
2851 {
2852 if (type == NULL)
2853 return 0;
2854 else
2855 {
2856 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2857 {
2858 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2859 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2860 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2861 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2862 return 1;
2863 default:
2864 return 0;
2865 }
2866 }
2867 }
2868
2869 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
2870
2871 static int
2872 discrete_type_p (struct type *type)
2873 {
2874 if (type == NULL)
2875 return 0;
2876 else
2877 {
2878 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2879 {
2880 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2881 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2882 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2883 return 1;
2884 default:
2885 return 0;
2886 }
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be
2891 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
2892 (i.e., result 0). */
2893
2894 static int
2895 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
2896 {
2897 struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0]));
2898 struct type *type1 =
2899 (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1]));
2900
2901 switch (op)
2902 {
2903 default:
2904 return 0;
2905
2906 case BINOP_ADD:
2907 case BINOP_SUB:
2908 case BINOP_MUL:
2909 case BINOP_DIV:
2910 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1)));
2911
2912 case BINOP_REM:
2913 case BINOP_MOD:
2914 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2915 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2916 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2917 return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2918
2919 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2920 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2921 case BINOP_LESS:
2922 case BINOP_GTR:
2923 case BINOP_LEQ:
2924 case BINOP_GEQ:
2925 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1)));
2926
2927 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2928 return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2929 (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2930 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))
2931 != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2932 || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2933 (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2934 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)));
2935
2936 case BINOP_EXP:
2937 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2938
2939 case UNOP_NEG:
2940 case UNOP_PLUS:
2941 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2942 case UNOP_ABS:
2943 return (!numeric_type_p (type0));
2944
2945 }
2946 }
2947 \f
2948 /* Renaming */
2949
2950 /** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
2951 * have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
2952 * point. */
2953
2954 /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which
2955 * is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for
2956 * an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns
2957 * NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */
2958 const char *
2959 ada_renaming_type (struct type *type)
2960 {
2961 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2962 {
2963 const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type);
2964 const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR");
2965 if (suffix == NULL
2966 || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL))
2967 return NULL;
2968 else
2969 return suffix + 3;
2970 }
2971 else
2972 return NULL;
2973 }
2974
2975 /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */
2976 int
2977 ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym)
2978 {
2979 const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
2980 return renaming_type != NULL
2981 && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_');
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original
2985 * name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of
2986 * parsing. */
2987 const char *
2988 ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym)
2989 {
2990 struct type *type;
2991 const char *raw_name;
2992 int len;
2993 char *result;
2994
2995 type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
2996 if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1)
2997 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
2998
2999 raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0);
3000 len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5;
3001 if (len <= 0)
3002 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3003
3004 result = xmalloc (len + 1);
3005 /* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */
3006 /* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */
3007 strncpy (result, raw_name, len);
3008 result[len] = '\000';
3009 return result;
3010 }
3011 \f
3012
3013 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3014
3015 /* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack
3016 pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */
3017
3018 static struct value *
3019 place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3020 {
3021 CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp;
3022
3023 #ifdef STACK_ALIGN
3024 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3025 STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH
3026 (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))));
3027 #else
3028 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3029 TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))));
3030 #endif
3031
3032 VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory;
3033 if (INNER_THAN (1, 2))
3034 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp;
3035 else
3036 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp;
3037
3038 return val;
3039 }
3040
3041 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
3042 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
3043 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
3044 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
3045
3046 static struct value *
3047 convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0,
3048 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3049 {
3050 struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3051 struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0);
3052 struct type *formal_target =
3053 TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3054 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type;
3055 struct type *actual_target =
3056 TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3057 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type;
3058
3059 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target)
3060 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
3061 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp);
3062 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3063 {
3064 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3065 && ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target))
3066 return desc_data (actual);
3067 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3068 {
3069 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory)
3070 {
3071 struct value *val;
3072 actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3073 val = allocate_value (actual_type);
3074 memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3075 (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual),
3076 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type));
3077 actual = place_on_stack (val, sp);
3078 }
3079 return value_addr (actual);
3080 }
3081 }
3082 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3083 return ada_value_ind (actual);
3084
3085 return actual;
3086 }
3087
3088
3089 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
3090 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
3091 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
3092 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value*
3093 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
3094
3095 static struct value *
3096 make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3097 {
3098 struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type);
3099 struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type);
3100 struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type);
3101 struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type);
3102 CORE_ADDR bounds_addr;
3103 int i;
3104
3105 for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1)
3106 {
3107 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3108 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)),
3109 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0),
3110 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0));
3111 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3112 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)),
3113 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1),
3114 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1));
3115 }
3116
3117 bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp);
3118
3119 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3120 arr,
3121 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type),
3122 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type));
3123 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3124 VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds),
3125 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type),
3126 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type));
3127
3128 descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp);
3129
3130 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3131 return value_addr (descriptor);
3132 else
3133 return descriptor;
3134 }
3135
3136
3137 /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any
3138 conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual
3139 parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does
3140 nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS
3141 does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a
3142 stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its
3143 value as needed. */
3144
3145 void
3146 ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[],
3147 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3148 {
3149 int i;
3150
3151 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0
3152 || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)))
3153 return;
3154
3155 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
3156 args[i] =
3157 convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp);
3158 }
3159 \f
3160
3161 /* Symbol Lookup */
3162
3163
3164 /* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */
3165 /* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
3166
3167 /* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */
3168 static size_t defn_vector_size = 0;
3169
3170 /* Current number of symbols found. */
3171 static int ndefns = 0;
3172
3173 static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL;
3174 static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL;
3175
3176 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
3177 * given NAMESPACE. */
3178
3179 static struct symbol *
3180 standard_lookup (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace)
3181 {
3182 struct symbol *sym;
3183 struct symtab *symtab;
3184 sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, namespace, 0, &symtab);
3185 return sym;
3186 }
3187
3188
3189 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */
3190 /* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */
3191 /* contend in overloading in the same way. */
3192 static int
3193 is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n)
3194 {
3195 int i;
3196
3197 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
3198 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
3199 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3200 return 1;
3201
3202 return 0;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
3206 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
3207
3208 static int
3209 equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
3210 {
3211 if (type0 == type1)
3212 return 1;
3213 if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL
3214 || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1))
3215 return 0;
3216 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3217 || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3218 && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL
3219 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)))
3220 return 1;
3221
3222 return 0;
3223 }
3224
3225 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
3226 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
3227
3228 static int
3229 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1)
3230 {
3231 if (sym0 == sym1)
3232 return 1;
3233 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym0) != SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym1)
3234 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1))
3235 return 0;
3236
3237 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0))
3238 {
3239 case LOC_UNDEF:
3240 return 1;
3241 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3242 {
3243 struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0);
3244 struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1);
3245 char *name0 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym0);
3246 char *name1 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym1);
3247 int len0 = strlen (name0);
3248 return
3249 TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1)
3250 && (equiv_types (type0, type1)
3251 || (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0)
3252 && STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5)));
3253 }
3254 case LOC_CONST:
3255 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1)
3256 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1));
3257 default:
3258 return 0;
3259 }
3260 }
3261
3262 /* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of
3263 defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and
3264 defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */
3265
3266 static void
3267 add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block)
3268 {
3269 int i;
3270 size_t tmp;
3271
3272 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL)
3273 CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
3274 for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1)
3275 {
3276 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i]))
3277 return;
3278 else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym))
3279 {
3280 defn_symbols[i] = sym;
3281 defn_blocks[i] = block;
3282 return;
3283 }
3284 }
3285
3286 tmp = defn_vector_size;
3287 GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2);
3288 GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2);
3289
3290 defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym;
3291 defn_blocks[ndefns] = block;
3292 ndefns += 1;
3293 }
3294
3295 /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given namespace.
3296 Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do
3297 wild-card match if WILD. */
3298
3299 static struct partial_symbol *
3300 ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name,
3301 int global, namespace_enum namespace, int wild)
3302 {
3303 struct partial_symbol **start;
3304 int name_len = strlen (name);
3305 int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
3306 int i;
3307
3308 if (length == 0)
3309 {
3310 return (NULL);
3311 }
3312
3313 start = (global ?
3314 pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
3315 pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
3316
3317 if (wild)
3318 {
3319 for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1)
3320 {
3321 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3322
3323 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace &&
3324 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)))
3325 return psym;
3326 }
3327 return NULL;
3328 }
3329 else
3330 {
3331 if (global)
3332 {
3333 int U;
3334 i = 0;
3335 U = length - 1;
3336 while (U - i > 4)
3337 {
3338 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3339 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3340 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0])
3341 i = M + 1;
3342 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0])
3343 U = M - 1;
3344 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0)
3345 i = M + 1;
3346 else
3347 U = M;
3348 }
3349 }
3350 else
3351 i = 0;
3352
3353 while (i < length)
3354 {
3355 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3356
3357 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
3358 {
3359 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len);
3360
3361 if (cmp < 0)
3362 {
3363 if (global)
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 else if (cmp == 0
3367 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len))
3368 return psym;
3369 }
3370 i += 1;
3371 }
3372
3373 if (global)
3374 {
3375 int U;
3376 i = 0;
3377 U = length - 1;
3378 while (U - i > 4)
3379 {
3380 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3381 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3382 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_')
3383 i = M + 1;
3384 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_')
3385 U = M - 1;
3386 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0)
3387 i = M + 1;
3388 else
3389 U = M;
3390 }
3391 }
3392 else
3393 i = 0;
3394
3395 while (i < length)
3396 {
3397 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3398
3399 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
3400 {
3401 int cmp;
3402
3403 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0];
3404 if (cmp == 0)
3405 {
3406 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5);
3407 if (cmp == 0)
3408 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len);
3409 }
3410
3411 if (cmp < 0)
3412 {
3413 if (global)
3414 break;
3415 }
3416 else if (cmp == 0
3417 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5))
3418 return psym;
3419 }
3420 i += 1;
3421 }
3422
3423 }
3424 return NULL;
3425 }
3426
3427
3428 /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */
3429 static struct symtab *
3430 symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym)
3431 {
3432 struct symtab *s;
3433 struct objfile *objfile;
3434 struct block *b;
3435 struct symbol *tmp_sym;
3436 int i, j;
3437
3438 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3439 {
3440 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3441 {
3442 case LOC_CONST:
3443 case LOC_STATIC:
3444 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3445 case LOC_REGISTER:
3446 case LOC_LABEL:
3447 case LOC_BLOCK:
3448 case LOC_CONST_BYTES:
3449 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3450 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3451 return s;
3452 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
3453 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3454 return s;
3455 break;
3456 default:
3457 break;
3458 }
3459 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3460 {
3461 case LOC_REGISTER:
3462 case LOC_ARG:
3463 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3464 case LOC_REGPARM:
3465 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3466 case LOC_LOCAL:
3467 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3468 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3469 case LOC_BASEREG:
3470 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3471 case LOC_COMPUTED:
3472 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3473 for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK;
3474 j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1)
3475 {
3476 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j);
3477 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3478 return s;
3479 }
3480 break;
3481 default:
3482 break;
3483 }
3484 }
3485 return NULL;
3486 }
3487
3488 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling
3489 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */
3490
3491 struct minimal_symbol *
3492 ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name)
3493 {
3494 struct objfile *objfile;
3495 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3496 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3497
3498 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3499 {
3500 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)
3501 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline)
3502 return msymbol;
3503 }
3504
3505 return NULL;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
3509 * selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE
3510 * and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for
3511 * ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3512 * wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to
3513 * find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the
3514 * pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a
3515 * frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a
3516 * frame with that same local-variable base. */
3517 static void
3518 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace,
3519 int wild_match)
3520 {
3521 #ifdef i386
3522 static struct symbol static_link_sym;
3523 static struct symbol *static_link;
3524
3525 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
3526 struct frame_info *frame;
3527 struct frame_info *target_frame;
3528
3529 if (static_link == NULL)
3530 {
3531 /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the
3532 * static link (when it exists). */
3533 static_link = &static_link_sym;
3534 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = "";
3535 SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown;
3536 SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL;
3537 SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (static_link) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
3538 SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void);
3539 SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) =
3540 -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link));
3541 }
3542
3543 frame = deprecated_selected_frame;
3544 while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3545 {
3546 struct block *block;
3547 struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame);
3548 CORE_ADDR target_link;
3549
3550 if (target_link_val == NULL)
3551 break;
3552 QUIT;
3553
3554 target_link = target_link_val;
3555 do
3556 {
3557 QUIT;
3558 frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
3559 }
3560 while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link);
3561
3562 if (frame == NULL)
3563 break;
3564
3565 block = get_frame_block (frame, 0);
3566 while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3567 {
3568 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
3569
3570 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3571 }
3572 }
3573
3574 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3575 #endif
3576 }
3577
3578 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
3579 * for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
3580 static int
3581 is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type)
3582 {
3583 char *name = ada_type_name (type);
3584 return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>"));
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
3588 * duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where
3589 * this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
3590 * linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
3591 * debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols,
3592 * and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the
3593 * correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number
3594 * of symbols in the modified list. */
3595 static int
3596 remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms)
3597 {
3598 int i, j;
3599
3600 i = 0;
3601 while (i < nsyms)
3602 {
3603 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL
3604 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC
3605 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))
3606 {
3607 for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1)
3608 {
3609 if (i != j
3610 && DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL
3611 && STREQ (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]))
3612 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j])
3613 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i])
3614 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j]))
3615 {
3616 int k;
3617 for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1)
3618 {
3619 syms[k - 1] = syms[k];
3620 blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k];
3621 }
3622 nsyms -= 1;
3623 goto NextSymbol;
3624 }
3625 }
3626 }
3627 i += 1;
3628 NextSymbol:
3629 ;
3630 }
3631 return nsyms;
3632 }
3633
3634 /* Find symbols in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3635 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
3636 *SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS
3637 pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those
3638 symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the
3639 next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol
3640 match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
3641 is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or
3642 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
3643 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */
3644
3645 int
3646 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3647 namespace_enum namespace, struct symbol ***syms,
3648 struct block ***blocks)
3649 {
3650 struct symbol *sym;
3651 struct symtab *s;
3652 struct partial_symtab *ps;
3653 struct blockvector *bv;
3654 struct objfile *objfile;
3655 struct block *b;
3656 struct block *block;
3657 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3658 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3659 int cacheIfUnique;
3660
3661 #ifdef TIMING
3662 markTimeStart (0);
3663 #endif
3664
3665 ndefns = 0;
3666 cacheIfUnique = 0;
3667
3668 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
3669
3670 block = block0;
3671 while (block != NULL)
3672 {
3673 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
3674
3675 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
3676 if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns))
3677 goto done;
3678
3679 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3680 }
3681
3682 /* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */
3683
3684 if (ndefns > 0)
3685 goto done;
3686
3687 cacheIfUnique = 1;
3688
3689 /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol
3690 tables, and psymtab's */
3691
3692 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3693 {
3694 QUIT;
3695 if (!s->primary)
3696 continue;
3697 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3698 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3699 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3700 }
3701
3702 if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE)
3703 {
3704 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3705 {
3706 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match))
3707 {
3708 switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol))
3709 {
3710 case mst_solib_trampoline:
3711 break;
3712 default:
3713 s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
3714 if (s != NULL)
3715 {
3716 int old_ndefns = ndefns;
3717 QUIT;
3718 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3719 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3720 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3721 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3722 namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3723 if (ndefns == old_ndefns)
3724 {
3725 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3726 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3727 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3728 namespace, objfile,
3729 wild_match);
3730 }
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734 }
3735 }
3736
3737 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3738 {
3739 QUIT;
3740 if (!ps->readin
3741 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, namespace, wild_match))
3742 {
3743 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3744 if (!s->primary)
3745 continue;
3746 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3747 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3748 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3749 }
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits.
3753 (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error).
3754 Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */
3755
3756 if (ndefns == 0)
3757 {
3758
3759 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3760 {
3761 QUIT;
3762 if (!s->primary)
3763 continue;
3764 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3765 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3766 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
3767 }
3768
3769 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3770 {
3771 QUIT;
3772 if (!ps->readin
3773 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, namespace, wild_match))
3774 {
3775 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3776 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3777 if (!s->primary)
3778 continue;
3779 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3780 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace,
3781 objfile, wild_match);
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
3787 enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be
3788 rare. */
3789 if (ndefns == 0)
3790 {
3791 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, namespace, wild_match);
3792 if (ndefns > 0)
3793 goto done;
3794 }
3795
3796 done:
3797 ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns);
3798
3799
3800 *syms = defn_symbols;
3801 *blocks = defn_blocks;
3802 #ifdef TIMING
3803 markTimeStop (0);
3804 #endif
3805 return ndefns;
3806 }
3807
3808 /* Return a symbol in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3809 * scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to
3810 * lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes.
3811 * Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is
3812 * disambiguated by user query if needed. */
3813
3814 struct symbol *
3815 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3816 namespace_enum namespace)
3817 {
3818 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
3819 struct block **candidate_blocks;
3820 int n_candidates;
3821
3822 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name,
3823 block0, namespace,
3824 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
3825
3826 if (n_candidates == 0)
3827 return NULL;
3828 else if (n_candidates != 1)
3829 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1);
3830
3831 return candidate_syms[0];
3832 }
3833
3834
3835 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
3836 * that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
3837 * names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
3838 * are given by the regular expression:
3839 * (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
3840 *
3841 */
3842 static int
3843 is_name_suffix (const char *str)
3844 {
3845 int k;
3846 if (str[0] == 'X')
3847 {
3848 str += 1;
3849 while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0')
3850 {
3851 if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b')
3852 return 0;
3853 str += 1;
3854 }
3855 }
3856 if (str[0] == '\000')
3857 return 1;
3858 if (str[0] == '_')
3859 {
3860 if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000')
3861 return 0;
3862 if (str[2] == '_')
3863 {
3864 if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM"))
3865 return 1;
3866 if (str[3] != 'X')
3867 return 0;
3868 if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' ||
3869 str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P')
3870 return 1;
3871 if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T')
3872 return 1;
3873 return 0;
3874 }
3875 for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3876 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3877 return 0;
3878 return 1;
3879 }
3880 if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000')
3881 {
3882 for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3883 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3884 return 0;
3885 return 1;
3886 }
3887 return 0;
3888 }
3889
3890 /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
3891 * PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
3892 * informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
3893 * true). */
3894 static int
3895 wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name)
3896 {
3897 int name_len;
3898 int s, e;
3899
3900 name_len = strlen (name);
3901 if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5)
3902 && STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len)
3903 && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5))
3904 return 1;
3905
3906 while (name_len >= patn_len)
3907 {
3908 if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len))
3909 return 1;
3910 do
3911 {
3912 name += 1;
3913 name_len -= 1;
3914 }
3915 while (name_len > 0
3916 && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_'));
3917 if (name_len <= 0)
3918 return 0;
3919 if (name[0] == '_')
3920 {
3921 if (!islower (name[2]))
3922 return 0;
3923 name += 2;
3924 name_len -= 2;
3925 }
3926 else
3927 {
3928 if (!islower (name[1]))
3929 return 0;
3930 name += 1;
3931 name_len -= 1;
3932 }
3933 }
3934
3935 return 0;
3936 }
3937
3938
3939 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE to
3940 vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of
3941 the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols
3942 currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3943 wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
3944
3945 static void
3946 ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name,
3947 namespace_enum namespace, struct objfile *objfile,
3948 int wild)
3949 {
3950 int i;
3951 int name_len = strlen (name);
3952 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
3953 struct symbol *arg_sym;
3954 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */
3955 int found_sym;
3956 int is_sorted = BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (block);
3957 struct symbol *sym;
3958
3959 arg_sym = NULL;
3960 found_sym = 0;
3961 if (wild)
3962 {
3963 struct symbol *sym;
3964 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
3965 {
3966 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace &&
3967 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
3968 {
3969 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3970 {
3971 case LOC_ARG:
3972 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3973 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3974 case LOC_REGPARM:
3975 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3976 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3977 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3978 arg_sym = sym;
3979 break;
3980 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
3981 continue;
3982 default:
3983 found_sym = 1;
3984 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
3985 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block);
3986 break;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 }
3990 }
3991 else
3992 {
3993 if (is_sorted)
3994 {
3995 int U;
3996 i = 0;
3997 U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
3998 while (U - i > 4)
3999 {
4000 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
4001 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
4002 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < name[0])
4003 i = M + 1;
4004 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0])
4005 U = M - 1;
4006 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name) < 0)
4007 i = M + 1;
4008 else
4009 U = M;
4010 }
4011 }
4012 else
4013 i = 0;
4014
4015 for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
4016 for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
4017 {
4018 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
4019 {
4020 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len);
4021
4022 if (cmp < 0)
4023 {
4024 if (is_sorted)
4025 {
4026 i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
4027 break;
4028 }
4029 }
4030 else if (cmp == 0
4031 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len))
4032 {
4033 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4034 {
4035 case LOC_ARG:
4036 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4037 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4038 case LOC_REGPARM:
4039 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4040 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4041 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4042 arg_sym = sym;
4043 break;
4044 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4045 break;
4046 default:
4047 found_sym = 1;
4048 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4049 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4050 block);
4051 break;
4052 }
4053 }
4054 }
4055 }
4056 }
4057
4058 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4059 {
4060 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4061 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4062 }
4063
4064 if (!wild)
4065 {
4066 arg_sym = NULL;
4067 found_sym = 0;
4068 if (is_sorted)
4069 {
4070 int U;
4071 i = 0;
4072 U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
4073 while (U - i > 4)
4074 {
4075 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
4076 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
4077 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < '_')
4078 i = M + 1;
4079 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > '_')
4080 U = M - 1;
4081 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_ada_") < 0)
4082 i = M + 1;
4083 else
4084 U = M;
4085 }
4086 }
4087 else
4088 i = 0;
4089
4090 for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
4091 for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
4092 {
4093 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
4094
4095 if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
4096 {
4097 int cmp;
4098
4099 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0];
4100 if (cmp == 0)
4101 {
4102 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5);
4103 if (cmp == 0)
4104 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len);
4105 }
4106
4107 if (cmp < 0)
4108 {
4109 if (is_sorted)
4110 {
4111 i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
4112 break;
4113 }
4114 }
4115 else if (cmp == 0
4116 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5))
4117 {
4118 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4119 {
4120 case LOC_ARG:
4121 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4122 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4123 case LOC_REGPARM:
4124 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4125 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4126 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4127 arg_sym = sym;
4128 break;
4129 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4130 break;
4131 default:
4132 found_sym = 1;
4133 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4134 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4135 block);
4136 break;
4137 }
4138 }
4139 }
4140 }
4141
4142 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
4143 They aren't parameters, right? */
4144 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4145 {
4146 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4147 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4148 }
4149 }
4150 }
4151 \f
4152
4153 /* Function Types */
4154
4155 /* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type
4156 with prototype information, if it is not already there. */
4157
4158 static void
4159 fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func)
4160 {
4161 struct block *b;
4162 int nargs, nsyms;
4163 int i;
4164 struct type *ftype;
4165 struct type *rtype;
4166 size_t max_fields;
4167 struct symbol *sym;
4168
4169 if (func == NULL
4170 || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4171 || TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL)
4172 return;
4173
4174 /* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */
4175 /* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */
4176 /* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */
4177 /* function type is being built (FIXME). */
4178 rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4179 ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4180 make_function_type (rtype, &ftype);
4181 SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype;
4182
4183 b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func);
4184
4185 nargs = 0;
4186 max_fields = 8;
4187 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) =
4188 (struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields);
4189 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4190 {
4191 GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1);
4192
4193 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4194 {
4195 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4196 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4197 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4198 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4199 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4200 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) =
4201 lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)));
4202 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4203 nargs += 1;
4204
4205 break;
4206
4207 case LOC_ARG:
4208 case LOC_REGPARM:
4209 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4210 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4211 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4212 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4213 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4214 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4215 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
4216 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4217 nargs += 1;
4218
4219 break;
4220
4221 default:
4222 break;
4223 }
4224 }
4225
4226 /* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */
4227 /* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */
4228 /* has been filled in. */
4229
4230 TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs;
4231 if (nargs == 0)
4232 {
4233 static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
4234 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4235 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field;
4236 }
4237 else
4238 {
4239 struct field *fields =
4240 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4241 memcpy ((char *) fields,
4242 (char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4243 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4244 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields;
4245 }
4246 }
4247 \f
4248
4249 /* Breakpoint-related */
4250
4251 char no_symtab_msg[] =
4252 "No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.";
4253
4254 /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to
4255 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment
4256 of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE.
4257 */
4258 char *
4259 ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line)
4260 {
4261 /* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be
4262 the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */
4263 char *p;
4264 for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1)
4265 ;
4266 return p;
4267 }
4268
4269 /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break
4270 command), following any initial file name specification.
4271
4272 Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the
4273 information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the
4274 following sense:
4275 + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file
4276 named by FILE_TABLE.
4277 + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM',
4278 then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as
4279 possible).
4280 + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with
4281 that name.
4282
4283 Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found.
4284
4285 If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME
4286 is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject
4287 to the usual mangling.
4288
4289 *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification.
4290
4291 FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code
4292 in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.).
4293
4294 If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a
4295 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array
4296 of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned
4297 list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a
4298 canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no
4299 canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null,
4300 *CANONICAL is set to NULL.
4301
4302 A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the
4303 breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position,
4304 with no further contextual information or user selection. It is
4305 needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number
4306 information supplied is insufficient for this unique
4307 identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*',
4308 or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec.
4309 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it
4310 is the caller's responsibility to free them. */
4311
4312 struct symtabs_and_lines
4313 ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table,
4314 int funfirstline, char ***canonical)
4315 {
4316 struct symbol **symbols;
4317 struct block **blocks;
4318 struct block *block;
4319 int n_matches, i, line_num;
4320 struct symtabs_and_lines selected;
4321 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4322 char *name;
4323
4324 int len;
4325 char *lower_name;
4326 char *unquoted_name;
4327
4328 if (file_table == NULL)
4329 block = get_selected_block (NULL);
4330 else
4331 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK);
4332
4333 if (canonical != NULL)
4334 *canonical = (char **) NULL;
4335
4336 name = *spec;
4337 if (**spec == '*')
4338 *spec += 1;
4339 else
4340 {
4341 while (**spec != '\000' &&
4342 !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec))
4343 *spec += 1;
4344 }
4345 len = *spec - name;
4346
4347 line_num = -1;
4348 if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1]))
4349 {
4350 line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10);
4351 while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t')
4352 *spec += 1;
4353 }
4354
4355 if (name[0] == '*')
4356 {
4357 if (line_num == -1)
4358 error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name.");
4359
4360 return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical);
4361 }
4362
4363 if (name[0] == '\'')
4364 {
4365 name += 1;
4366 len -= 2;
4367 }
4368
4369 if (name[0] == '<')
4370 {
4371 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1);
4372 memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2);
4373 unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000';
4374 lower_name = NULL;
4375 }
4376 else
4377 {
4378 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4379 memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len);
4380 unquoted_name[len] = '\000';
4381 lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4382 for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4383 lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]);
4384 lower_name[len] = '\000';
4385 }
4386
4387 n_matches = 0;
4388 if (lower_name != NULL)
4389 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block,
4390 VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
4391 if (n_matches == 0)
4392 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block,
4393 VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
4394 if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0)
4395 error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name);
4396 else if (n_matches == 0)
4397 {
4398 #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG
4399 /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */
4400 #undef volatile
4401 volatile struct symtab_and_line val;
4402 #define volatile /*nothing */
4403 #else
4404 struct symtab_and_line val;
4405 #endif
4406 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
4407
4408 init_sal (&val);
4409
4410 msymbol = NULL;
4411 if (lower_name != NULL)
4412 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name));
4413 if (msymbol == NULL)
4414 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name);
4415 if (msymbol != NULL)
4416 {
4417 val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
4418 val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol);
4419 if (funfirstline)
4420 {
4421 val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
4422 SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc);
4423 }
4424 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4425 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
4426 selected.sals[0] = val;
4427 selected.nelts = 1;
4428 return selected;
4429 }
4430
4431 if (!have_full_symbols () &&
4432 !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ())
4433 error (no_symtab_msg);
4434
4435 error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name);
4436 return selected; /* for lint */
4437 }
4438
4439 if (line_num >= 0)
4440 {
4441 return
4442 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num,
4443 symbols, n_matches);
4444 }
4445 else
4446 {
4447 selected.nelts =
4448 user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches);
4449 }
4450
4451 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4452 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts);
4453 memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i]));
4454 make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals);
4455
4456 i = 0;
4457 while (i < selected.nelts)
4458 {
4459 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
4460 selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline);
4461 else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0)
4462 {
4463 selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]);
4464 selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]);
4465 }
4466 else if (line_num >= 0)
4467 {
4468 /* Ignore this choice */
4469 symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1];
4470 blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1];
4471 selected.nelts -= 1;
4472 continue;
4473 }
4474 else
4475 error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name);
4476 i += 1;
4477 }
4478
4479 if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1))
4480 {
4481 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts);
4482 for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1)
4483 (*canonical)[i] =
4484 extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i],
4485 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbols[i]));
4486 }
4487
4488 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4489 return selected;
4490 }
4491
4492 /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table
4493 with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed
4494 in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */
4495 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4496 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num,
4497 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms)
4498 {
4499 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4500 int best_index, best;
4501 struct linetable *best_linetable;
4502 struct objfile *objfile;
4503 struct symtab *s;
4504 struct symtab *best_symtab;
4505
4506 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4507
4508 best_index = 0;
4509 best_linetable = NULL;
4510 best_symtab = NULL;
4511 best = 0;
4512 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4513 {
4514 struct linetable *l;
4515 int ind, exact;
4516
4517 QUIT;
4518
4519 if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename))
4520 continue;
4521 l = LINETABLE (s);
4522 ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact);
4523 if (ind >= 0)
4524 {
4525 if (exact)
4526 {
4527 best_index = ind;
4528 best_linetable = l;
4529 best_symtab = s;
4530 goto done;
4531 }
4532 if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
4533 {
4534 best = l->item[ind].line;
4535 best_index = ind;
4536 best_linetable = l;
4537 best_symtab = s;
4538 }
4539 }
4540 }
4541
4542 if (best == 0)
4543 error ("Line number not found in designated function.");
4544
4545 done:
4546
4547 sals.nelts = 1;
4548 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0]));
4549
4550 init_sal (&sals.sals[0]);
4551
4552 sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
4553 sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc;
4554 sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab;
4555
4556 return sals;
4557 }
4558
4559 /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose
4560 pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1].
4561 Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */
4562 static int
4563 find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4564 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp)
4565 {
4566 int i, len, best_index, best;
4567
4568 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL)
4569 return -1;
4570
4571 len = linetable->nitems;
4572 for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4573 {
4574 int k;
4575 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4576
4577 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
4578 {
4579 if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK
4580 && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))
4581 && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])))
4582 goto candidate;
4583 }
4584 continue;
4585
4586 candidate:
4587
4588 if (item->line == line_num)
4589 {
4590 *exactp = 1;
4591 return i;
4592 }
4593
4594 if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
4595 {
4596 best = item->line;
4597 best_index = i;
4598 }
4599 }
4600
4601 *exactp = 0;
4602 return best_index;
4603 }
4604
4605 /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in
4606 LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at
4607 or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */
4608 static int
4609 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num)
4610 {
4611 int i, len, best;
4612
4613 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0)
4614 return -1;
4615 len = linetable->nitems;
4616
4617 i = 0;
4618 best = INT_MAX;
4619 while (i < len)
4620 {
4621 int k;
4622 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4623
4624 if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best)
4625 {
4626 char *func_name;
4627 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4628
4629 func_name = NULL;
4630 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4631
4632 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4633 {
4634 if (item->line == line_num)
4635 return line_num;
4636 else
4637 {
4638 struct symbol *sym =
4639 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
4640 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num))
4641 best = item->line;
4642 else
4643 {
4644 do
4645 i += 1;
4646 while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end);
4647 continue;
4648 }
4649 }
4650 }
4651 }
4652
4653 i += 1;
4654 }
4655
4656 return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best;
4657 }
4658
4659
4660 /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND,
4661 entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k
4662 corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that
4663 corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function
4664 that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE.
4665 Return -1 if there is no such k.
4666 IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */
4667
4668 static int
4669 find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4670 int starting_line, int ind)
4671 {
4672 int i, len;
4673
4674 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems)
4675 return -1;
4676 len = linetable->nitems;
4677
4678 if (ind >= 0)
4679 {
4680 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4681
4682 if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc,
4683 (char **) NULL, &start, &end))
4684 {
4685 while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end)
4686 ind += 1;
4687 }
4688 else
4689 ind += 1;
4690 }
4691 else
4692 ind = 0;
4693
4694 i = ind;
4695 while (i < len)
4696 {
4697 int k;
4698 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4699
4700 if (item->line >= line_num)
4701 {
4702 char *func_name;
4703 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4704
4705 func_name = NULL;
4706 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4707
4708 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4709 {
4710 if (item->line == line_num)
4711 {
4712 struct symbol *sym =
4713 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
4714 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line))
4715 return i;
4716 else
4717 {
4718 while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end)
4719 i += 1;
4720 }
4721 }
4722 }
4723 }
4724 i += 1;
4725 }
4726
4727 return -1;
4728 }
4729
4730 /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line #
4731 LINE_NUM. */
4732 static int
4733 is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num)
4734 {
4735 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
4736
4737 if (sym == NULL)
4738 return 0;
4739
4740 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0);
4741
4742 return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line);
4743 }
4744
4745 static void
4746 debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt)
4747 {
4748 int i;
4749
4750 if (lt == NULL)
4751 return;
4752
4753 fprintf (stderr, "\t");
4754 for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1)
4755 fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc);
4756 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4757 }
4758
4759 static void
4760 debug_print_block (struct block *b)
4761 {
4762 int i;
4763 struct symbol *i;
4764
4765 fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]",
4766 b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b));
4767 if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
4768 fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b)));
4769 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4770 fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b));
4771 fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:");
4772 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4773 {
4774 if (i > 0 && i % 4 == 0)
4775 fprintf (stderr, "\n\t\t ");
4776 fprintf (stderr, " %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
4777 }
4778 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4779 }
4780
4781 static void
4782 debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv)
4783 {
4784 int i;
4785
4786 if (bv == NULL)
4787 return;
4788 for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1)
4789 {
4790 fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i);
4791 debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
4792 }
4793 }
4794
4795 static void
4796 debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s)
4797 {
4798 fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s,
4799 s->filename, s->dirname);
4800 fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n",
4801 BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary);
4802 debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s));
4803 fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s));
4804 debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s));
4805 }
4806
4807 /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables
4808 with file name FILENAME. */
4809 static void
4810 read_all_symtabs (const char *filename)
4811 {
4812 struct partial_symtab *ps;
4813 struct objfile *objfile;
4814
4815 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
4816 {
4817 QUIT;
4818
4819 if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename))
4820 PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
4821 }
4822 }
4823
4824 /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file
4825 FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set
4826 it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */
4827 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4828 all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical)
4829 {
4830 struct symtabs_and_lines result;
4831 struct objfile *objfile;
4832 struct symtab *s;
4833 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4834 size_t len;
4835
4836 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4837
4838 result.sals =
4839 (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0]));
4840 result.nelts = 0;
4841 len = 4;
4842 make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals);
4843
4844 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4845 {
4846 int ind, target_line_num;
4847
4848 QUIT;
4849
4850 if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename))
4851 continue;
4852
4853 target_line_num =
4854 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num);
4855 if (target_line_num == -1)
4856 continue;
4857
4858 ind = -1;
4859 while (1)
4860 {
4861 ind =
4862 find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s),
4863 target_line_num, line_num, ind);
4864
4865 if (ind < 0)
4866 break;
4867
4868 GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1);
4869 init_sal (&result.sals[result.nelts]);
4870 result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line;
4871 result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc;
4872 result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s;
4873 result.nelts += 1;
4874 }
4875 }
4876
4877 if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1)
4878 {
4879 int k;
4880 char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *));
4881 int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1;
4882 int n;
4883 int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int));
4884
4885 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4886 {
4887 find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k],
4888 (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL);
4889 if (func_names[k] == NULL)
4890 error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints.");
4891 }
4892
4893 if (result.nelts > 1)
4894 {
4895 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
4896 if (result.nelts > 1)
4897 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
4898 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4899 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice,
4900 ada_demangle (func_names[k]));
4901
4902 n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts,
4903 result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice");
4904
4905 for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1)
4906 {
4907 result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]];
4908 func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]];
4909 }
4910 result.nelts = n;
4911 }
4912
4913 if (canonical != NULL)
4914 {
4915 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **));
4916 make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical);
4917 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4918 {
4919 (*canonical)[k] =
4920 extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]);
4921 if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL)
4922 error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints.");
4923 make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]);
4924 }
4925 }
4926 }
4927
4928 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4929 return result;
4930 }
4931
4932
4933 /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for
4934 symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient
4935 information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space
4936 allocated. */
4937
4938 static char *
4939 extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name)
4940 {
4941 char *r;
4942
4943 if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0)
4944 return NULL;
4945
4946 r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename)
4947 + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3);
4948 sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line);
4949 return r;
4950 }
4951
4952 #if 0
4953 int begin_bnum = -1;
4954 #endif
4955 int begin_annotate_level = 0;
4956
4957 static void
4958 begin_cleanup (void *dummy)
4959 {
4960 begin_annotate_level = 0;
4961 }
4962
4963 static void
4964 begin_command (char *args, int from_tty)
4965 {
4966 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
4967 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr;
4968 char main_program_name[1024];
4969 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL);
4970 begin_annotate_level = 2;
4971
4972 /* Check that there is a program to debug */
4973 if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
4974 error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
4975
4976 /* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */
4977 /* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada)
4978 error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?");
4979 */
4980 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
4981
4982 /* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */
4983 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL);
4984
4985 if (msym != NULL)
4986 {
4987 main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym);
4988 if (main_program_name_addr == 0)
4989 error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name.");
4990
4991 /* Read the name of the main procedure */
4992 extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name);
4993
4994 /* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */
4995 do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0);
4996 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4997 }
4998 else
4999 {
5000 /* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the
5001 main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build
5002 was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous
5003 mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work
5004 in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user
5005 has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the
5006 begin command processing (eg in the initialization code).
5007
5008 The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking
5009 on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates
5010 the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the
5011 Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this
5012 Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit.
5013 */
5014 do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0);
5015 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
5016 do_command ("up", 0);
5017 do_command ("tbreak +2", 0);
5018 do_command ("continue", 0);
5019 do_command ("step", 0);
5020 }
5021
5022 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5023 }
5024
5025 int
5026 is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename)
5027 {
5028 return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) ||
5029 STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) ||
5030 STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2));
5031 }
5032
5033 /* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
5034 part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */
5035
5036 int
5037 find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level)
5038 {
5039 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5040
5041 for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi))
5042 {
5043 find_frame_sal (fi, &sal);
5044 if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename))
5045 {
5046 #if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET)
5047 /* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us
5048 from finding the right frame */
5049
5050 if (sal.symtab->objfile &&
5051 STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so"))
5052 continue;
5053 #endif
5054 deprecated_selected_frame = fi;
5055 break;
5056 }
5057 }
5058
5059 return level;
5060 }
5061
5062 void
5063 ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b)
5064 {
5065 /* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */
5066 /* if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5067 {
5068 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5069 being the exception *//*
5070 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5071 {
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, "on ");
5073 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception",
5074 SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol));
5075 }
5076 else
5077 ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions");
5078 }
5079 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5080 ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception");
5081 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5082 ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure");
5083 #else
5084 if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5085 { */
5086 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5087 being the exception *//*
5088 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5089 {
5090 fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout);
5091 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME
5092 (b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout);
5093 }
5094 else
5095 fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout);
5096 }
5097 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5098 fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout);
5099 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5100 fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout);
5101 */
5102 }
5103
5104 int
5105 ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym)
5106 {
5107 char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
5108
5109 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5110 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5111 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST
5112 && type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception"));
5113 }
5114
5115 int
5116 ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym)
5117 {
5118 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5119 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5120 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST);
5121 }
5122
5123 /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite
5124 into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set
5125 *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for
5126 break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */
5127 char *
5128 ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp)
5129 {
5130 if (arg == NULL)
5131 return arg;
5132 *break_on_exceptionp = 0;
5133 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
5134 /* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5135 && STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) &&
5136 (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0'))
5137 {
5138 char *tok, *end_tok;
5139 int toklen;
5140
5141 *break_on_exceptionp = 1;
5142
5143 tok = arg+9;
5144 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5145 tok += 1;
5146
5147 end_tok = tok;
5148
5149 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5150 end_tok += 1;
5151
5152 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5153
5154 arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5155 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)")
5156 + toklen + 1);
5157 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5158 if (toklen == 0)
5159 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg");
5160 else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen))
5161 {
5162 *break_on_exceptionp = 2;
5163 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception");
5164 }
5165 else
5166 {
5167 sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5168 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)",
5169 toklen, tok);
5170 }
5171 }
5172 else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5173 && STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) &&
5174 (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0'))
5175 {
5176 char *tok = arg + 6;
5177
5178 *break_on_exceptionp = 3;
5179
5180 arg = (char*)
5181 xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure")
5182 + strlen (tok) + 1);
5183 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5184 sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok);
5185 }
5186 */
5187 return arg;
5188 }
5189 \f
5190
5191 /* Field Access */
5192
5193 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5194 to be invisible to users. */
5195
5196 int
5197 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5198 {
5199 if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
5200 return 1;
5201 else
5202 {
5203 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5204 return (name == NULL
5205 || (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5206 }
5207 }
5208
5209 /* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */
5210
5211 int
5212 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type)
5213 {
5214 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5215 return 0;
5216
5217 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL);
5218 }
5219
5220 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5221
5222 struct type *
5223 ada_tag_type (struct value *val)
5224 {
5225 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL);
5226 }
5227
5228 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5229
5230 struct value *
5231 ada_value_tag (struct value *val)
5232 {
5233 return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record");
5234 }
5235
5236 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5237
5238 struct type *
5239 ada_parent_type (struct type *type)
5240 {
5241 int i;
5242
5243 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5244
5245 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5246 return NULL;
5247
5248 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5249 if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i))
5250 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5251
5252 return NULL;
5253 }
5254
5255 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5256 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5257 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5258
5259 int
5260 ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5261 {
5262 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num);
5263 return (name != NULL &&
5264 (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5265 }
5266
5267 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5268 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5269 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5270 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5271 structures. */
5272
5273 int
5274 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5275 {
5276 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5277 return (name != NULL
5278 && (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP")
5279 || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)
5280 || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O'));
5281 }
5282
5283 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5284 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5285 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5286
5287 int
5288 ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num)
5289 {
5290 struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num);
5291 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5292 || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num)
5293 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) ==
5294 TYPE_CODE_UNION));
5295 }
5296
5297 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5298 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5299 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */
5300
5301 struct type *
5302 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type)
5303 {
5304 char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5305 struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL);
5306 if (type == NULL)
5307 return builtin_type_int;
5308 else
5309 return type;
5310 }
5311
5312 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5313 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5314 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5315
5316 int
5317 ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num)
5318 {
5319 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5320 return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O');
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5324 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The
5325 value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5326
5327 char *
5328 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0)
5329 {
5330 static char *result = NULL;
5331 static size_t result_len = 0;
5332 struct type *type;
5333 const char *name;
5334 const char *discrim_end;
5335 const char *discrim_start;
5336
5337 if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
5338 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0);
5339 else
5340 type = type0;
5341
5342 name = ada_type_name (type);
5343
5344 if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000')
5345 return "";
5346
5347 for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name;
5348 discrim_end -= 1)
5349 {
5350 if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6))
5351 break;
5352 }
5353 if (discrim_end == name)
5354 return "";
5355
5356 for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3;
5357 discrim_start -= 1)
5358 {
5359 if (discrim_start == name + 1)
5360 return "";
5361 if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3))
5362 || discrim_start[-1] == '.')
5363 break;
5364 }
5365
5366 GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1);
5367 strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start);
5368 result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0';
5369 return result;
5370 }
5371
5372 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the
5373 position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K,
5374 if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1
5375 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A
5376 "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal,
5377 followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m
5378 does not occur. */
5379
5380 int
5381 ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k)
5382 {
5383 ULONGEST RU;
5384
5385 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
5386 return 0;
5387
5388 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
5389 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
5390 LONGEST. */
5391 RU = 0;
5392 while (isdigit (str[k]))
5393 {
5394 RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0');
5395 k += 1;
5396 }
5397
5398 if (str[k] == 'm')
5399 {
5400 if (R != NULL)
5401 *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1;
5402 k += 1;
5403 }
5404 else if (R != NULL)
5405 *R = (LONGEST) RU;
5406
5407 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
5408 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
5409 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
5410 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
5411 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
5412
5413 if (new_k != NULL)
5414 *new_k = k;
5415 return 1;
5416 }
5417
5418 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
5419 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
5420 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
5421
5422 int
5423 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num)
5424 {
5425 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5426 int p;
5427
5428 p = 0;
5429 while (1)
5430 {
5431 switch (name[p])
5432 {
5433 case '\0':
5434 return 0;
5435 case 'S':
5436 {
5437 LONGEST W;
5438 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p))
5439 return 0;
5440 if (val == W)
5441 return 1;
5442 break;
5443 }
5444 case 'R':
5445 {
5446 LONGEST L, U;
5447 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p)
5448 || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p))
5449 return 0;
5450 if (val >= L && val <= U)
5451 return 1;
5452 break;
5453 }
5454 case 'O':
5455 return 1;
5456 default:
5457 return 0;
5458 }
5459 }
5460 }
5461
5462 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes)
5463 of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE,
5464 extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields.
5465 FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only
5466 in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
5467
5468 struct value *
5469 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
5470 struct type *arg_type)
5471 {
5472 struct value *v;
5473 struct type *type;
5474
5475 CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type);
5476 type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno);
5477
5478 /* Handle packed fields */
5479
5480 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0)
5481 {
5482 int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno);
5483 int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno);
5484
5485 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1),
5486 offset + bit_pos / 8,
5487 bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type);
5488 }
5489 else
5490 return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
5491 }
5492
5493
5494 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
5495 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
5496 If found, return value, else return NULL.
5497
5498 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
5499
5500 struct value *
5501 ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset,
5502 struct type *type)
5503 {
5504 int i;
5505 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5506
5507 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
5508 {
5509 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5510
5511 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5512 continue;
5513
5514 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5515 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type);
5516
5517 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5518 {
5519 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5520 offset +
5521 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
5522 i) /
5523 8,
5524 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type,
5525 i));
5526 if (v != NULL)
5527 return v;
5528 }
5529
5530 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5531 {
5532 int j;
5533 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5534 int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5535
5536 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5537 {
5538 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5539 var_offset
5540 +
5541 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS
5542 (field_type, j) / 8,
5543 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE
5544 (field_type, j));
5545 if (v != NULL)
5546 return v;
5547 }
5548 }
5549 }
5550 return NULL;
5551 }
5552
5553 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union,
5554 extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union
5555 and return it as a value with its appropriate type.
5556
5557 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
5558 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
5559 (e.g., '_parent').
5560
5561 ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class
5562 of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */
5563
5564 struct value *
5565 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err)
5566 {
5567 struct type *t;
5568 struct value *v;
5569
5570 arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg);
5571 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5572
5573 /* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */
5574
5575 while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5576 {
5577 arg = ada_value_ind (arg);
5578 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5579 }
5580
5581 if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5582 error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.",
5583 err);
5584
5585 v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t);
5586 if (v == NULL)
5587 error ("There is no member named %s.", name);
5588
5589 return v;
5590 }
5591
5592 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
5593 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
5594 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
5595 work for packed fields).
5596
5597 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
5598 followed by "___".
5599
5600 TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
5601 a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
5602 type is automatically used.
5603
5604 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
5605
5606 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */
5607
5608 struct type *
5609 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr,
5610 int *dispp)
5611 {
5612 int i;
5613
5614 if (name == NULL)
5615 goto BadName;
5616
5617 while (1)
5618 {
5619 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5620 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
5621 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF)
5622 break;
5623 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
5624 }
5625
5626 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT &&
5627 TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5628 {
5629 target_terminal_ours ();
5630 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5631 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5632 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5633 error (" is not a structure or union type");
5634 }
5635
5636 type = to_static_fixed_type (type);
5637
5638 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5639 {
5640 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5641 struct type *t;
5642 int disp;
5643
5644 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5645 continue;
5646
5647 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5648 {
5649 if (dispp != NULL)
5650 *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5651 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5652 }
5653
5654 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5655 {
5656 disp = 0;
5657 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name,
5658 1, &disp);
5659 if (t != NULL)
5660 {
5661 if (dispp != NULL)
5662 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5663 return t;
5664 }
5665 }
5666
5667 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5668 {
5669 int j;
5670 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5671
5672 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5673 {
5674 disp = 0;
5675 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j),
5676 name, 1, &disp);
5677 if (t != NULL)
5678 {
5679 if (dispp != NULL)
5680 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5681 return t;
5682 }
5683 }
5684 }
5685
5686 }
5687
5688 BadName:
5689 if (!noerr)
5690 {
5691 target_terminal_ours ();
5692 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5693 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5694 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5695 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named ");
5696 error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name);
5697 }
5698
5699 return NULL;
5700 }
5701
5702 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
5703 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
5704 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
5705 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
5706
5707 int
5708 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type,
5709 char *outer_valaddr)
5710 {
5711 int others_clause;
5712 int i;
5713 int disp;
5714 struct type *discrim_type;
5715 char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5716 LONGEST discrim_val;
5717
5718 disp = 0;
5719 discrim_type =
5720 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp);
5721 if (discrim_type == NULL)
5722 return -1;
5723 discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp);
5724
5725 others_clause = -1;
5726 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1)
5727 {
5728 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i))
5729 others_clause = i;
5730 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i))
5731 return i;
5732 }
5733
5734 return others_clause;
5735 }
5736 \f
5737
5738
5739 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
5740
5741 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
5742 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
5743 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
5744 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
5745 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
5746
5747 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
5748 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
5749 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
5750 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
5751 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
5752 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
5753 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
5754 rather than struct value*s.
5755
5756 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
5757 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
5758 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
5759 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
5760 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
5761 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
5762 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
5763 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
5764 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
5765 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
5766 element selected. */
5767
5768 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
5769 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
5770 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
5771 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
5772 target at the target address. */
5773
5774 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
5775 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
5776 dynamic-sized types. */
5777
5778 struct value *
5779 ada_value_ind (struct value *val0)
5780 {
5781 struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0));
5782 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5783 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val);
5784 }
5785
5786 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
5787 * qualifiers on VAL0. */
5788 static struct value *
5789 ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0)
5790 {
5791 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5792 {
5793 struct value *val = val0;
5794 COERCE_REF (val);
5795 val = unwrap_value (val);
5796 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5797 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
5798 val);
5799 }
5800 else
5801 return val0;
5802 }
5803
5804 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
5805 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
5806
5807 static unsigned int
5808 align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment)
5809 {
5810 return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1);
5811 }
5812
5813 /* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template
5814 type TYPE. */
5815
5816 static unsigned int
5817 field_offset (struct type *type, int f)
5818 {
5819 int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5820 /* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */
5821 if (n < 0)
5822 return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff;
5823 else
5824 return n;
5825 }
5826
5827
5828 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
5829
5830 static unsigned int
5831 field_alignment (struct type *type, int f)
5832 {
5833 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
5834 int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name);
5835 int align_offset;
5836
5837 if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1]))
5838 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5839
5840 if (isdigit (name[len - 2]))
5841 align_offset = len - 2;
5842 else
5843 align_offset = len - 1;
5844
5845 if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5))
5846 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5847
5848 return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5849 }
5850
5851 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
5852 struct type *
5853 ada_find_any_type (const char *name)
5854 {
5855 struct symbol *sym;
5856
5857 sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
5858 if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
5859 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5860
5861 sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
5862 if (sym != NULL)
5863 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5864
5865 return NULL;
5866 }
5867
5868 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
5869 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
5870 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
5871 otherwise return 0. */
5872 int
5873 ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
5874 {
5875 if (type1 == NULL)
5876 return 1;
5877 else if (type0 == NULL)
5878 return 0;
5879 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5880 return 1;
5881 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5882 return 0;
5883 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0))
5884 return 1;
5885 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0)
5886 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1))
5887 return 1;
5888 else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL
5889 && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL)
5890 return 1;
5891 return 0;
5892 }
5893
5894 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
5895 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
5896 char *
5897 ada_type_name (struct type *type)
5898 {
5899 if (type == NULL)
5900 return NULL;
5901 else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL)
5902 return TYPE_NAME (type);
5903 else
5904 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
5905 }
5906
5907 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending
5908 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
5909
5910 struct type *
5911 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix)
5912 {
5913 static char *name;
5914 static size_t name_len = 0;
5915 struct symbol **syms;
5916 struct block **blocks;
5917 int nsyms;
5918 int len;
5919 char *typename = ada_type_name (type);
5920
5921 if (typename == NULL)
5922 return NULL;
5923
5924 len = strlen (typename);
5925
5926 GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1);
5927
5928 strcpy (name, typename);
5929 strcpy (name + len, suffix);
5930
5931 return ada_find_any_type (name);
5932 }
5933
5934
5935 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
5936 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
5937
5938 static struct type *
5939 dynamic_template_type (struct type *type)
5940 {
5941 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5942
5943 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5944 || ada_type_name (type) == NULL)
5945 return NULL;
5946 else
5947 {
5948 int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type));
5949 if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE"))
5950 return type;
5951 else
5952 return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE");
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
5957 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
5958
5959 static int
5960 is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num)
5961 {
5962 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num);
5963 return name != NULL
5964 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
5965 && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL;
5966 }
5967
5968 /* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE
5969 contains a variant part. */
5970
5971 static int
5972 contains_variant_part (struct type *type)
5973 {
5974 int f;
5975
5976 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5977 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0)
5978 return 0;
5979 return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1);
5980 }
5981
5982 /* A record type with no fields, . */
5983 static struct type *
5984 empty_record (struct objfile *objfile)
5985 {
5986 struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile);
5987 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5988 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
5989 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL;
5990 TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>";
5991 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
5992 TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0;
5993 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
5994 return type;
5995 }
5996
5997 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
5998 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
5999 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
6000 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
6001 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is
6002 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
6003 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6004 of the variant. */
6005 /* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
6006 * variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
6007 * byte-aligned. */
6008
6009 static struct type *
6010 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6011 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0)
6012 {
6013 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6014 struct value *dval;
6015 struct type *rtype;
6016 int nfields, bit_len;
6017 long off;
6018 int f;
6019
6020 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6021 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6022 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6023 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype);
6024 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields;
6025 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *)
6026 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6027 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6028 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6029 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6030 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in
6031 gdbtypes.h */
6032 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6033
6034 off = 0;
6035 bit_len = 0;
6036 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6037 {
6038 int fld_bit_len, bit_incr;
6039 off =
6040 align_value (off,
6041 field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
6042 /* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes
6043 * problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's
6044 * rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */
6045 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off;
6046 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0;
6047 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, f) = 0;
6048
6049 if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f))
6050 {
6051 struct type *branch_type;
6052
6053 if (dval0 == NULL)
6054 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6055 else
6056 dval = dval0;
6057
6058 branch_type =
6059 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6060 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f),
6061 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6062 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6063 if (branch_type == NULL)
6064 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6065 else
6066 {
6067 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type;
6068 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S";
6069 }
6070 bit_incr = 0;
6071 fld_bit_len =
6072 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6073 }
6074 else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f))
6075 {
6076 if (dval0 == NULL)
6077 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6078 else
6079 dval = dval0;
6080
6081 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) =
6082 ada_to_fixed_type
6083 (ada_get_base_type
6084 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))),
6085 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6086 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6087 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6088 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6089 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6090 }
6091 else
6092 {
6093 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f);
6094 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6095 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0)
6096 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6097 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f);
6098 else
6099 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6100 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6101 }
6102 if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len)
6103 bit_len = off + fld_bit_len;
6104 off += bit_incr;
6105 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6106 }
6107 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type));
6108
6109 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6110 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit)
6111 error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6112 return rtype;
6113 }
6114
6115 /* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values.
6116 As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK,
6117 since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both
6118 structs and unions.
6119 Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this
6120 function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */
6121
6122 static struct type *
6123 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type)
6124 {
6125 struct type *type;
6126 int nfields;
6127 int f;
6128
6129 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL)
6130 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type);
6131
6132 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type);
6133 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type =
6134 alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type));
6135 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type);
6136 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6137 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
6138 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
6139 TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6140 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6141 TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type);
6142 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
6143 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6144 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6145 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
6146
6147 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6148 {
6149 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0;
6150 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0;
6151 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, f) = 0;
6152
6153 if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f))
6154 {
6155 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6156 to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE
6157 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)));
6158 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6159 }
6160 else
6161 {
6162 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6163 check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f));
6164 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6165 }
6166 }
6167
6168 return type;
6169 }
6170
6171 /* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant
6172 part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate
6173 branch. */
6174 static struct type *
6175 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6176 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6177 {
6178 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6179 struct type *rtype;
6180 struct type *branch_type;
6181 int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6182
6183 if (dval == NULL)
6184 return type;
6185
6186 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6187 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6188 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6189 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6190 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) =
6191 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6192 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type),
6193 sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6194 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6195 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6196 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6197 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6198 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
6199
6200 branch_type =
6201 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6202 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1),
6203 cond_offset_host (valaddr,
6204 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6205 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6206 cond_offset_target (address,
6207 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6208 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6209 dval);
6210 if (branch_type == NULL)
6211 {
6212 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6213 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -=
6214 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6215 }
6216 else
6217 {
6218 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type;
6219 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S";
6220 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6221 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6222 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type);
6223 -TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6224 }
6225
6226 return rtype;
6227 }
6228
6229 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6230 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
6231 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
6232 should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object
6233 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A
6234 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6235 of the variant. */
6236
6237 static struct type *
6238 to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6239 struct value *dval)
6240 {
6241 struct type *templ_type;
6242
6243 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6244 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6245 return type0;
6246 */
6247 templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6248
6249 if (templ_type != NULL)
6250 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval);
6251 else if (contains_variant_part (type0))
6252 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval);
6253 else
6254 {
6255 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6256 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6257 return type0;
6258 }
6259
6260 }
6261
6262 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6263 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
6264 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
6265 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
6266 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
6267 indicated in the union's type name. */
6268
6269 static struct type *
6270 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr,
6271 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6272 {
6273 int which;
6274 struct type *templ_type;
6275 struct type *var_type;
6276
6277 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
6278 var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0);
6279 else
6280 var_type = var_type0;
6281
6282 templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU");
6283
6284 if (templ_type != NULL)
6285 var_type = templ_type;
6286
6287 which =
6288 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type,
6289 VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval));
6290
6291 if (which < 0)
6292 return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type));
6293 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which))
6294 return
6295 to_fixed_record_type
6296 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)),
6297 valaddr, address, dval);
6298 else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)))
6299 return
6300 to_fixed_record_type
6301 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval);
6302 else
6303 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which);
6304 }
6305
6306 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
6307 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
6308 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
6309 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
6310 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
6311 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
6312 varsize_limit.
6313 */
6314
6315 static struct type *
6316 to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
6317 int ignore_too_big)
6318 {
6319 struct type *index_type_desc;
6320 struct type *result;
6321
6322 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6323 /* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//*
6324 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE))
6325 return type0; */
6326
6327 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA");
6328 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
6329 {
6330 struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0));
6331 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6332 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6333 * debugging data. */
6334 struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval);
6335
6336 if (elt_type0 == elt_type)
6337 result = type0;
6338 else
6339 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6340 elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0));
6341 }
6342 else
6343 {
6344 int i;
6345 struct type *elt_type0;
6346
6347 elt_type0 = type0;
6348 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1)
6349 elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0);
6350
6351 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6352 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6353 * debugging data. */
6354 result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval);
6355 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
6356 {
6357 struct type *range_type =
6358 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i),
6359 dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0));
6360 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6361 result, range_type);
6362 }
6363 if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit)
6364 error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6365 }
6366
6367 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6368 /* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6369 return result;
6370 }
6371
6372
6373 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
6374 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
6375 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
6376 and may be NULL if there are none. */
6377
6378 struct type *
6379 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6380 struct value *dval)
6381 {
6382 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6383 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
6384 {
6385 default:
6386 return type;
6387 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6388 return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL);
6389 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
6390 return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0);
6391 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6392 if (dval == NULL)
6393 return type;
6394 else
6395 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval);
6396 }
6397 }
6398
6399 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
6400 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
6401
6402 static struct type *
6403 to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0)
6404 {
6405 struct type *type;
6406
6407 if (type0 == NULL)
6408 return NULL;
6409
6410 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6411 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6412 return type0;
6413 */
6414 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0);
6415
6416 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0))
6417 {
6418 default:
6419 return type0;
6420 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6421 type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6422 if (type != NULL)
6423 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6424 return type0;
6425 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6426 type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU");
6427 if (type != NULL)
6428 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6429 return type0;
6430 }
6431 }
6432
6433 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
6434 static struct type *
6435 static_unwrap_type (struct type *type)
6436 {
6437 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6438 {
6439 struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0);
6440 if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL)
6441 TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type);
6442
6443 return static_unwrap_type (type1);
6444 }
6445 else
6446 {
6447 struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type);
6448 if (raw_real_type == type)
6449 return type;
6450 else
6451 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type);
6452 }
6453 }
6454
6455 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
6456 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
6457 type Foo;
6458 type FooP is access Foo;
6459 V: FooP;
6460 type Foo is array ...;
6461 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
6462 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
6463 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
6464 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
6465
6466 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
6467 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
6468 struct type *
6469 ada_completed_type (struct type *type)
6470 {
6471 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6472 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
6473 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0
6474 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL)
6475 return type;
6476 else
6477 {
6478 char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
6479 struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name);
6480 return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1;
6481 }
6482 }
6483
6484 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
6485 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
6486 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
6487 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
6488 creation of struct values]. */
6489
6490 struct value *
6491 ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6492 struct value *val0)
6493 {
6494 struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL);
6495 if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL)
6496 return val0;
6497 else
6498 return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address);
6499 }
6500
6501 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
6502 chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but
6503 without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized
6504 types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */
6505
6506 struct value *
6507 ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val)
6508 {
6509 struct type *type =
6510 to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val)));
6511 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val))
6512 return val;
6513 else
6514 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type);
6515 }
6516 \f
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521 /* Attributes */
6522
6523 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */
6524 /* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */
6525
6526 static const char *attribute_names[] = {
6527 "<?>",
6528
6529 "first",
6530 "last",
6531 "length",
6532 "image",
6533 "img",
6534 "max",
6535 "min",
6536 "pos" "tag",
6537 "val",
6538
6539 0
6540 };
6541
6542 const char *
6543 ada_attribute_name (int n)
6544 {
6545 if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END)
6546 return attribute_names[n];
6547 else
6548 return attribute_names[0];
6549 }
6550
6551 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
6552
6553 static struct value *
6554 value_pos_atr (struct value *arg)
6555 {
6556 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg);
6557
6558 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6559 error ("'POS only defined on discrete types");
6560
6561 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6562 {
6563 int i;
6564 LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg);
6565
6566 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
6567 {
6568 if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i))
6569 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i);
6570 }
6571 error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS");
6572 }
6573 else
6574 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg));
6575 }
6576
6577 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
6578
6579 static struct value *
6580 value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6581 {
6582 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6583 error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types");
6584 if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6585 error ("'VAL requires integral argument");
6586
6587 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6588 {
6589 long pos = value_as_long (arg);
6590 if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
6591 error ("argument to 'VAL out of range");
6592 return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos));
6593 }
6594 else
6595 return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg));
6596 }
6597 \f
6598
6599 /* Evaluation */
6600
6601 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
6602 * [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
6603 * It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
6604
6605 int
6606 ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
6607 {
6608 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
6609 return
6610 name != NULL
6611 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
6612 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
6613 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
6614 && (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character")
6615 || STREQ (name, "unsigned char"));
6616 }
6617
6618 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
6619
6620 int
6621 ada_is_string_type (struct type *type)
6622 {
6623 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6624 if (type != NULL
6625 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6626 && (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
6627 && ada_array_arity (type) == 1)
6628 {
6629 struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1);
6630
6631 return ada_is_character_type (elttype);
6632 }
6633 else
6634 return 0;
6635 }
6636
6637
6638 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
6639 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
6640 distinctive name. */
6641
6642 int
6643 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type)
6644 {
6645 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6646 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6647 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1
6648 && STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F"));
6649 }
6650
6651 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
6652 the parallel type. */
6653
6654 struct type *
6655 ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type)
6656 {
6657 struct type *real_type_namer;
6658 struct type *raw_real_type;
6659 struct type *real_type;
6660
6661 if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
6662 return raw_type;
6663
6664 real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS");
6665 if (real_type_namer == NULL
6666 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6667 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1)
6668 return raw_type;
6669
6670 raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0));
6671 if (raw_real_type == NULL)
6672 return raw_type;
6673 else
6674 return raw_real_type;
6675 }
6676
6677 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
6678
6679 struct type *
6680 ada_aligned_type (struct type *type)
6681 {
6682 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6683 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
6684 else
6685 return ada_get_base_type (type);
6686 }
6687
6688
6689 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
6690 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
6691
6692 char *
6693 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr)
6694 {
6695 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6696 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
6697 valaddr +
6698 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6699 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
6700 else
6701 return valaddr;
6702 }
6703
6704 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
6705 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
6706 const char *
6707 ada_enum_name (const char *name)
6708 {
6709 char *tmp;
6710
6711 while (1)
6712 {
6713 if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL)
6714 name = tmp + 2;
6715 else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL)
6716 name = tmp + 1;
6717 else
6718 break;
6719 }
6720
6721 if (name[0] == 'Q')
6722 {
6723 static char result[16];
6724 int v;
6725 if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W')
6726 {
6727 if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1)
6728 return name;
6729 }
6730 else
6731 return name;
6732
6733 if (isascii (v) && isprint (v))
6734 sprintf (result, "'%c'", v);
6735 else if (name[1] == 'U')
6736 sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v);
6737 else
6738 sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v);
6739
6740 return result;
6741 }
6742 else
6743 return name;
6744 }
6745
6746 static struct value *
6747 evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos,
6748 enum noside noside)
6749 {
6750 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
6751 }
6752
6753 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
6754 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
6755 expression. */
6756
6757 static struct value *
6758 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos)
6759 {
6760 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp)
6761 (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS);
6762 }
6763
6764 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
6765 value it wraps. */
6766
6767 static struct value *
6768 unwrap_value (struct value *val)
6769 {
6770 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val));
6771 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6772 {
6773 struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F",
6774 NULL, "internal structure");
6775 struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v));
6776 if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL)
6777 TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type);
6778
6779 return unwrap_value (v);
6780 }
6781 else
6782 {
6783 struct type *raw_real_type =
6784 ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type));
6785
6786 if (type == raw_real_type)
6787 return val;
6788
6789 return
6790 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
6791 (val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0,
6792 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
6793 NULL));
6794 }
6795 }
6796
6797 static struct value *
6798 cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6799 {
6800 LONGEST val;
6801
6802 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg))
6803 return arg;
6804 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6805 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type,
6806 ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6807 value_as_long (arg)));
6808 else
6809 {
6810 DOUBLEST argd =
6811 value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg)));
6812 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd);
6813 }
6814
6815 return value_from_longest (type, val);
6816 }
6817
6818 static struct value *
6819 cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg)
6820 {
6821 DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6822 value_as_long (arg));
6823 return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val);
6824 }
6825
6826 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
6827 * return the converted value. */
6828 static struct value *
6829 coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val)
6830 {
6831 struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6832 if (type == type2)
6833 return val;
6834
6835 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2);
6836 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6837
6838 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
6839 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6840 {
6841 val = ada_value_ind (val);
6842 type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6843 }
6844
6845 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
6846 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6847 {
6848 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type)
6849 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))
6850 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)))
6851 error ("Incompatible types in assignment");
6852 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
6853 }
6854 return val;
6855 }
6856
6857 struct value *
6858 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
6859 int *pos, enum noside noside)
6860 {
6861 enum exp_opcode op;
6862 enum ada_attribute atr;
6863 int tem, tem2, tem3;
6864 int pc;
6865 struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3;
6866 struct type *type;
6867 int nargs;
6868 struct value **argvec;
6869
6870 pc = *pos;
6871 *pos += 1;
6872 op = exp->elts[pc].opcode;
6873
6874 switch (op)
6875 {
6876 default:
6877 *pos -= 1;
6878 return
6879 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6880 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6881
6882 case UNOP_CAST:
6883 (*pos) += 2;
6884 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6885 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6886 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6887 goto nosideret;
6888 if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6889 {
6890 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type))
6891 arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1);
6892 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6893 arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1));
6894 else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory)
6895 {
6896 /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented,
6897 but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar
6898 is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type.
6899 If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with
6900 TYPE. */
6901 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6902 return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval);
6903 arg1 =
6904 ada_to_fixed_value
6905 (type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0);
6906 }
6907 else
6908 arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
6909 }
6910 return arg1;
6911
6912 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
6913 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
6914 (*pos) += 2;
6915 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6916 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6917 */
6918 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
6919 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6920 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside);
6921 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6922 return arg1;
6923 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6924 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6925 else
6926 {
6927 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6928 arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6929 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6930 error
6931 ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables");
6932 else
6933 arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6934 return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2);
6935 }
6936
6937 case BINOP_ADD:
6938 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6939 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6940 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6941 goto nosideret;
6942 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6943 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6944 else
6945 {
6946 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6947 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6948 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6949 error
6950 ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type");
6951 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2));
6952 }
6953
6954 case BINOP_SUB:
6955 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6956 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6957 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6958 goto nosideret;
6959 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6960 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6961 else
6962 {
6963 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6964 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6965 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6966 error
6967 ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type");
6968 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2));
6969 }
6970
6971 case BINOP_MUL:
6972 case BINOP_DIV:
6973 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6974 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6975 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6976 goto nosideret;
6977 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6978 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6979 else
6980 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
6981 && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD))
6982 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
6983 else
6984 {
6985 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6986 arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1);
6987 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6988 arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2);
6989 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
6990 }
6991
6992 case UNOP_NEG:
6993 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6994 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6995 goto nosideret;
6996 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
6997 return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL);
6998 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6999 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1));
7000 else
7001 return value_neg (arg1);
7002
7003 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7004 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
7005 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
7006 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
7007 illegal. *//*
7008 (*pos) += 3;
7009 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7010 goto nosideret;
7011 else
7012 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7013 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
7014 */
7015 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
7016 *pos -= 1;
7017 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7018 {
7019 *pos += 4;
7020 goto nosideret;
7021 }
7022 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7023 {
7024 *pos += 4;
7025 return value_zero
7026 (to_static_fixed_type
7027 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))),
7028 not_lval);
7029 }
7030 else
7031 {
7032 arg1 =
7033 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
7034 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
7035 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0,
7036 VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) +
7037 VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1);
7038 }
7039
7040 case OP_ARRAY:
7041 (*pos) += 3;
7042 tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7043 tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7044 nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1;
7045 type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE;
7046
7047 argvec =
7048 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
7049 for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1)
7050 /* At least one element gets inserted for the type */
7051 {
7052 /* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */
7053 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
7054 }
7055 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7056 goto nosideret;
7057 return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec);
7058
7059 case OP_FUNCALL:
7060 (*pos) += 2;
7061
7062 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
7063 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */
7064 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7065 argvec =
7066 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2));
7067
7068 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7069 /* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */
7070 /* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
7071 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7072 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
7073 */
7074 if (0)
7075 {
7076 error ("unexpected code path, FIXME");
7077 }
7078 else
7079 {
7080 for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1)
7081 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7082 argvec[tem] = 0;
7083
7084 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7085 goto nosideret;
7086 }
7087
7088 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
7089 argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]);
7090
7091 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))
7092 argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]);
7093
7094 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]));
7095 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7096 {
7097 switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))))
7098 {
7099 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7100 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7101 break;
7102 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7103 break;
7104 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7105 if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7106 argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]);
7107 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7108 break;
7109 default:
7110 error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'",
7111 ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])));
7112 break;
7113 }
7114 }
7115
7116 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7117 {
7118 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7119 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7120 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7121 return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1);
7122 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7123 {
7124 int arity = ada_array_arity (type);
7125 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7126 if (type == NULL)
7127 error ("cannot subscript or call a record");
7128 if (arity != nargs)
7129 error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity);
7130 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7131 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7132 return
7133 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7134 (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1));
7135 }
7136 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7137 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7138 {
7139 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7140 if (type == NULL)
7141 error ("element type of array unknown");
7142 else
7143 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7144 }
7145 return
7146 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7147 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]),
7148 nargs, argvec + 1));
7149 case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */
7150 type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1);
7151 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7152 {
7153 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7154 if (type == NULL)
7155 error ("element type of array unknown");
7156 else
7157 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7158 }
7159 return
7160 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type,
7161 nargs, argvec + 1));
7162
7163 default:
7164 error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp");
7165 }
7166
7167 case TERNOP_SLICE:
7168 {
7169 struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7170 int lowbound
7171 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7172 int upper
7173 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7174 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7175 goto nosideret;
7176
7177 /* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */
7178 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7179 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7180 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7181 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
7182 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7183 {
7184 array = ada_coerce_ref (array);
7185 }
7186
7187 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS &&
7188 ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7189 {
7190 /* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */
7191 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0);
7192 if (arrType != NULL)
7193 array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7194 }
7195 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array)))
7196 array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array);
7197
7198 /* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that
7199 it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then
7200 dereference it */
7201 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7202 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7203 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7204 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7205 {
7206 array = ada_value_ind (array);
7207 }
7208
7209 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7210 /* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts
7211 where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */
7212 return array;
7213 else
7214 return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1);
7215 }
7216
7217 /* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7218 /* case UNOP_MBR:
7219 (*pos) += 2;
7220 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7221 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
7222
7223 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7224 goto nosideret;
7225
7226 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7227 {
7228 default:
7229 warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true");
7230 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1);
7231
7232 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
7233 arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7234 (LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type));
7235 arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7236 (LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type));
7237 return
7238 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7239 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7240 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7241 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7242 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7243 }
7244 */
7245 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7246 /* case BINOP_MBR:
7247 (*pos) += 2;
7248 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7249 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7250
7251 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7252 goto nosideret;
7253
7254 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7255 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval);
7256
7257 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7258
7259 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
7260 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range");
7261
7262 arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1);
7263 arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0);
7264
7265 return
7266 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7267 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7268 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7269 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7270 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7271 */
7272 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7273 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
7274 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7275 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7276 arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7277
7278 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7279 goto nosideret;
7280
7281 return
7282 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7283 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7284 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7285 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7286 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7287 */
7288 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
7289 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
7290 *pos += 3;
7291 atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7292 switch (atr)
7293 {
7294 default:
7295 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7296
7297 case ATR_FIRST:
7298 case ATR_LAST:
7299 case ATR_LENGTH:
7300 {
7301 struct type* type_arg;
7302 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE)
7303 {
7304 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7305 arg1 = NULL;
7306 type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7307 }
7308 else
7309 {
7310 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7311 type_arg = NULL;
7312 }
7313
7314 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG)
7315 error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr));
7316 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst);
7317 *pos += 4;
7318
7319 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7320 goto nosideret;
7321
7322 if (type_arg == NULL)
7323 {
7324 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7325
7326 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7327 arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7328
7329 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7330 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7331 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7332
7333 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7334 {
7335 type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem);
7336 if (type == NULL)
7337 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7338 return allocate_value (type);
7339 }
7340
7341 switch (atr)
7342 {
7343 default:
7344 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7345 case ATR_FIRST:
7346 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0);
7347 case ATR_LAST:
7348 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1);
7349 case ATR_LENGTH:
7350 return ada_array_length (arg1, tem);
7351 }
7352 }
7353 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7354 || TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7355 {
7356 struct type* range_type;
7357 char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg);
7358 if (name == NULL)
7359 {
7360 if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7361 range_type = type_arg;
7362 else
7363 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7364 }
7365 else
7366 range_type =
7367 to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg));
7368 switch (atr)
7369 {
7370 default:
7371 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7372 case ATR_FIRST:
7373 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7374 TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type));
7375 case ATR_LAST:
7376 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7377 TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
7378 }
7379 }
7380 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
7381 {
7382 switch (atr)
7383 {
7384 default:
7385 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7386 case ATR_FIRST:
7387 return value_from_longest
7388 (type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0));
7389 case ATR_LAST:
7390 return value_from_longest
7391 (type_arg,
7392 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg,
7393 TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1));
7394 }
7395 }
7396 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
7397 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7398 else
7399 {
7400 LONGEST low, high;
7401
7402 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg))
7403 type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg);
7404
7405 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg))
7406 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7407 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7408
7409 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7410 {
7411 type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem);
7412 if (type == NULL)
7413 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7414 return allocate_value (type);
7415 }
7416
7417 switch (atr)
7418 {
7419 default:
7420 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7421 case ATR_FIRST:
7422 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7423 return value_from_longest (type, low);
7424 case ATR_LAST:
7425 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type);
7426 return value_from_longest (type, high);
7427 case ATR_LENGTH:
7428 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7429 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL);
7430 return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1);
7431 }
7432 }
7433 }
7434
7435 case ATR_TAG:
7436 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7437 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7438 goto nosideret;
7439
7440 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7441 return
7442 value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval);
7443
7444 return ada_value_tag (arg1);
7445
7446 case ATR_MIN:
7447 case ATR_MAX:
7448 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7449 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7450 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7451 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7452 goto nosideret;
7453 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7454 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7455 else
7456 return value_binop (arg1, arg2,
7457 atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX);
7458
7459 case ATR_MODULUS:
7460 {
7461 struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7462 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7463 *pos += 4;
7464
7465 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7466 goto nosideret;
7467
7468 if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg))
7469 error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type");
7470
7471 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg),
7472 ada_modulus (type_arg));
7473 }
7474
7475
7476 case ATR_POS:
7477 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7478 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7479 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7480 goto nosideret;
7481 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7482 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7483 else
7484 return value_pos_atr (arg1);
7485
7486 case ATR_SIZE:
7487 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7488 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7489 goto nosideret;
7490 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7491 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7492 else
7493 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
7494 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
7495 * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)));
7496
7497 case ATR_VAL:
7498 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7499 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7500 type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7501 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7502 goto nosideret;
7503 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7504 return value_zero (type, not_lval);
7505 else
7506 return value_val_atr (type, arg1);
7507 } */
7508 case BINOP_EXP:
7509 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7510 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7511 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7512 goto nosideret;
7513 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
7514 return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL,
7515 EVAL_NORMAL));
7516 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7517 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7518 else
7519 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
7520
7521 case UNOP_PLUS:
7522 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7523 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7524 goto nosideret;
7525 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
7526 return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL));
7527 else
7528 return arg1;
7529
7530 case UNOP_ABS:
7531 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7532 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7533 goto nosideret;
7534 if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval)))
7535 return value_neg (arg1);
7536 else
7537 return arg1;
7538
7539 case UNOP_IND:
7540 if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7541 expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type));
7542 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
7543 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7544 goto nosideret;
7545 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7546 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7547 {
7548 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7549 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7550 {
7551 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0);
7552 if (arrType == NULL)
7553 error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.");
7554 return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7555 }
7556 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7557 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7558 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
7559 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7560 return
7561 value_zero
7562 (to_static_fixed_type
7563 (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))),
7564 lval_memory);
7565 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7566 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
7567 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory);
7568 else
7569 error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.");
7570 }
7571 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7572 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7573
7574 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7575 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7576 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7577 else
7578 return ada_value_ind (arg1);
7579
7580 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
7581 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7582 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7583 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7584 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7585 goto nosideret;
7586 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7587 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7588 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7589 &exp->elts[pc +
7590 2].string,
7591 0, NULL)),
7592 lval_memory);
7593 else
7594 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7595 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7596 "record"));
7597 case OP_TYPE:
7598 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
7599 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
7600 (*pos) += 2;
7601 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7602 goto nosideret;
7603 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7604 return allocate_value (builtin_type_void);
7605 else
7606 error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression");
7607
7608 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
7609 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7610 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7611 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7612 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7613 goto nosideret;
7614 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7615 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7616 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7617 &exp->elts[pc +
7618 2].string,
7619 0, NULL)),
7620 lval_memory);
7621 else
7622 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7623 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7624 "record access"));
7625 }
7626
7627 nosideret:
7628 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1);
7629 }
7630 \f
7631
7632 /* Fixed point */
7633
7634 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
7635 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
7636 Otherwise, return NULL. */
7637
7638 static const char *
7639 fixed_type_info (struct type *type)
7640 {
7641 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
7642 enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type);
7643
7644 if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL)
7645 {
7646 const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_");
7647 if (tail == NULL)
7648 return NULL;
7649 else
7650 return tail + 5;
7651 }
7652 else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type)
7653 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7654 else
7655 return NULL;
7656 }
7657
7658 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
7659
7660 int
7661 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type)
7662 {
7663 return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL;
7664 }
7665
7666 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
7667 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
7668 delta cannot be determined. */
7669
7670 DOUBLEST
7671 ada_delta (struct type *type)
7672 {
7673 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7674 long num, den;
7675
7676 if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2)
7677 return -1.0;
7678 else
7679 return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den;
7680 }
7681
7682 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
7683 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
7684
7685 static DOUBLEST
7686 scaling_factor (struct type *type)
7687 {
7688 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7689 unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1;
7690 int n;
7691
7692 n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1);
7693
7694 if (n < 2)
7695 return 1.0;
7696 else if (n == 4)
7697 return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1;
7698 else
7699 return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0;
7700 }
7701
7702
7703 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
7704 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
7705
7706 DOUBLEST
7707 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x)
7708 {
7709 return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type);
7710 }
7711
7712 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
7713 corresponding to the value X. */
7714
7715 LONGEST
7716 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x)
7717 {
7718 return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5);
7719 }
7720
7721
7722 /* VAX floating formats */
7723
7724 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point
7725 types. */
7726 int
7727 ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type)
7728 {
7729 int name_len =
7730 (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type));
7731 return
7732 name_len > 6
7733 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
7734 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7735 && STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5);
7736 }
7737
7738 /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming
7739 ada_is_vax_floating_point */
7740 int
7741 ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type)
7742 {
7743 return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1];
7744 }
7745
7746 /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs
7747 VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes
7748 ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */
7749 struct value *
7750 ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type)
7751 {
7752 switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type))
7753 {
7754 case 'F':
7755 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0);
7756 case 'D':
7757 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0);
7758 case 'G':
7759 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0);
7760 default:
7761 error ("invalid VAX floating-point type");
7762 }
7763 }
7764 \f
7765
7766 /* Range types */
7767
7768 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
7769 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
7770 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
7771 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
7772 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
7773
7774 static int
7775 scan_discrim_bound (char *, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px,
7776 int *pnew_k)
7777 {
7778 static char *bound_buffer = NULL;
7779 static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0;
7780 char *bound;
7781 char *pend;
7782 struct value *bound_val;
7783
7784 if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0')
7785 return 0;
7786
7787 pend = strstr (str + k, "__");
7788 if (pend == NULL)
7789 {
7790 bound = str + k;
7791 k += strlen (bound);
7792 }
7793 else
7794 {
7795 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1);
7796 bound = bound_buffer;
7797 strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k));
7798 bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0';
7799 k = pend - str;
7800 }
7801
7802 bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval));
7803 if (bound_val == NULL)
7804 return 0;
7805
7806 *px = value_as_long (bound_val);
7807 if (pnew_k != NULL)
7808 *pnew_k = k;
7809 return 1;
7810 }
7811
7812 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7813 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
7814 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
7815 static struct value *
7816 get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg)
7817 {
7818 struct symbol **syms;
7819 struct block **blocks;
7820 int nsyms;
7821
7822 nsyms =
7823 ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_NAMESPACE,
7824 &syms, &blocks);
7825
7826 if (nsyms != 1)
7827 {
7828 if (err_msg == NULL)
7829 return 0;
7830 else
7831 error ("%s", err_msg);
7832 }
7833
7834 return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]);
7835 }
7836
7837 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7838 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets
7839 *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
7840 LONGEST
7841 get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag)
7842 {
7843 struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg);
7844
7845 if (var_val == 0)
7846 {
7847 if (flag != NULL)
7848 *flag = 0;
7849 return 0;
7850 }
7851 else
7852 {
7853 if (flag != NULL)
7854 *flag = 1;
7855 return value_as_long (var_val);
7856 }
7857 }
7858
7859
7860 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
7861 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
7862 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
7863 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type
7864 must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds
7865 information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in
7866 the named range type. */
7867
7868 static struct type *
7869 to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile)
7870 {
7871 struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name);
7872 struct type *base_type;
7873 LONGEST low, high;
7874 char *subtype_info;
7875
7876 if (raw_type == NULL)
7877 base_type = builtin_type_int;
7878 else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7879 base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type);
7880 else
7881 base_type = raw_type;
7882
7883 subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD");
7884 if (subtype_info == NULL)
7885 return raw_type;
7886 else
7887 {
7888 static char *name_buf = NULL;
7889 static size_t name_len = 0;
7890 int prefix_len = subtype_info - name;
7891 LONGEST L, U;
7892 struct type *type;
7893 char *bounds_str;
7894 int n;
7895
7896 GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5);
7897 strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len);
7898 name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0';
7899
7900 subtype_info += 5;
7901 bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_');
7902 n = 1;
7903
7904 if (*subtype_info == 'L')
7905 {
7906 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n)
7907 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n))
7908 return raw_type;
7909 if (bounds_str[n] == '_')
7910 n += 2;
7911 else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
7912 n += 1;
7913 subtype_info += 1;
7914 }
7915 else
7916 {
7917 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L");
7918 L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7919 }
7920
7921 if (*subtype_info == 'U')
7922 {
7923 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n)
7924 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n))
7925 return raw_type;
7926 }
7927 else
7928 {
7929 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U");
7930 U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7931 }
7932
7933 if (objfile == NULL)
7934 objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type);
7935 type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U);
7936 TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
7937 return type;
7938 }
7939 }
7940
7941 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
7942 int
7943 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name)
7944 {
7945 return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD"));
7946 }
7947 \f
7948
7949 /* Modular types */
7950
7951 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
7952 int
7953 ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type)
7954 {
7955 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in
7956 valarith.c */
7957 struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */
7958
7959 return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7960 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7961 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type));
7962 }
7963
7964 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
7965 LONGEST
7966 ada_modulus (struct type * type)
7967 {
7968 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1;
7969 }
7970 \f
7971
7972
7973 /* Operators */
7974
7975 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
7976 and precedences of the operators. */
7977
7978 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = {
7979 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1},
7980 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0},
7981 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0},
7982 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0},
7983 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0},
7984 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0},
7985 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7986 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7987 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7988 {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7989 {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7990 {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7991 {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7992 {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7993 {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0},
7994 {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0},
7995 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0},
7996 {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0},
7997 {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0},
7998 {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0},
7999 {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0},
8000 {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
8001 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
8002 {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8003 {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8004 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8005 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8006 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
8007 {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */
8008 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */
8009 {NULL, 0, 0, 0}
8010 };
8011 \f
8012 /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */
8013
8014 struct type *builtin_type_ada_int;
8015 struct type *builtin_type_ada_short;
8016 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long;
8017 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long;
8018 struct type *builtin_type_ada_char;
8019 struct type *builtin_type_ada_float;
8020 struct type *builtin_type_ada_double;
8021 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double;
8022 struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural;
8023 struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive;
8024 struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address;
8025
8026 struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) =
8027 {
8028
8029 &builtin_type_ada_int,
8030 &builtin_type_ada_long,
8031 &builtin_type_ada_short,
8032 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8033 &builtin_type_ada_float,
8034 &builtin_type_ada_double,
8035 &builtin_type_ada_long_long,
8036 &builtin_type_ada_long_double,
8037 &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive,
8038 /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */
8039 &builtin_type_int,
8040 &builtin_type_long,
8041 &builtin_type_short,
8042 &builtin_type_char,
8043 &builtin_type_float,
8044 &builtin_type_double,
8045 &builtin_type_long_long,
8046 &builtin_type_void,
8047 &builtin_type_signed_char,
8048 &builtin_type_unsigned_char,
8049 &builtin_type_unsigned_short,
8050 &builtin_type_unsigned_int,
8051 &builtin_type_unsigned_long,
8052 &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long,
8053 &builtin_type_long_double,
8054 &builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0};
8055
8056 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
8057 static void
8058 emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter)
8059 {
8060 ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1);
8061 }
8062
8063 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = {
8064 "ada", /* Language name */
8065 /* language_ada, */
8066 language_unknown,
8067 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
8068 ada_builtin_types,
8069 range_check_off,
8070 type_check_off,
8071 case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
8072 * that's not quite what this means. */
8073 ada_parse,
8074 ada_error,
8075 ada_evaluate_subexp,
8076 ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */
8077 ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */
8078 emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
8079 ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */
8080 ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
8081 ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
8082 ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */
8083 {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */
8084 #if 0
8085 {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */
8086 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8087 {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */
8088 #else
8089 /* Copied from c-lang.c. */
8090 {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */
8091 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8092 {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */
8093 #endif
8094 ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */
8095 1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */
8096 0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */
8097 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8098 LANG_MAGIC
8099 };
8100
8101 void
8102 _initialize_ada_language (void)
8103 {
8104 builtin_type_ada_int =
8105 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8106 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8107 builtin_type_ada_long =
8108 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8109 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8110 builtin_type_ada_short =
8111 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8112 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8113 builtin_type_ada_char =
8114 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8115 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8116 builtin_type_ada_float =
8117 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8118 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8119 builtin_type_ada_double =
8120 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8121 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8122 builtin_type_ada_long_long =
8123 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8124 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8125 builtin_type_ada_long_double =
8126 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8127 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8128 builtin_type_ada_natural =
8129 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8130 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8131 builtin_type_ada_positive =
8132 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8133 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8134
8135
8136 builtin_type_ada_system_address =
8137 lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void",
8138 (struct objfile *) NULL));
8139 TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address";
8140
8141 add_language (&ada_language_defn);
8142
8143 add_show_from_set
8144 (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger,
8145 (char *) &varsize_limit,
8146 "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.",
8147 &setlist), &showlist);
8148 varsize_limit = 65536;
8149
8150 add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command,
8151 "Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\
8152 main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\
8153 the \"run\" command (q.v.).");
8154 }
8155
8156
8157 /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current
8158 target machine.
8159
8160 Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not
8161 define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or
8162 DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which
8163 don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this
8164 function.
8165
8166 FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types
8167 (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types
8168 (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis-
8169 agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does
8170 not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the
8171 distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just
8172 use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit
8173 and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the
8174 gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences
8175 in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format
8176 support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb
8177 starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the
8178 debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */
8179
8180 static struct type *
8181 ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid)
8182 {
8183 struct type *type = NULL;
8184
8185 switch (typeid)
8186 {
8187 default:
8188 /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this
8189 language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the
8190 name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type
8191 reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */
8192 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8193 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8194 0, "<?type?>", objfile);
8195 warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid);
8196 break;
8197 case FT_VOID:
8198 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID,
8199 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8200 0, "void", objfile);
8201 break;
8202 case FT_CHAR:
8203 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8204 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8205 0, "character", objfile);
8206 break;
8207 case FT_SIGNED_CHAR:
8208 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8209 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8210 0, "signed char", objfile);
8211 break;
8212 case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
8213 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8214 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8215 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile);
8216 break;
8217 case FT_SHORT:
8218 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8219 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8220 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8221 break;
8222 case FT_SIGNED_SHORT:
8223 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8224 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8225 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8226 break;
8227 case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
8228 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8229 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8230 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile);
8231 break;
8232 case FT_INTEGER:
8233 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8234 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8235 0, "integer", objfile);
8236 break;
8237 case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER:
8238 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */
8239 break;
8240 case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER:
8241 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8242 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8243 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile);
8244 break;
8245 case FT_LONG:
8246 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8247 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8248 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8249 break;
8250 case FT_SIGNED_LONG:
8251 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8252 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8253 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8254 break;
8255 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
8256 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8257 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8258 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile);
8259 break;
8260 case FT_LONG_LONG:
8261 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8262 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8263 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8264 break;
8265 case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8266 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8267 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8268 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8269 break;
8270 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8271 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8272 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8273 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile);
8274 break;
8275 case FT_FLOAT:
8276 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8277 TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8278 0, "float", objfile);
8279 break;
8280 case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT:
8281 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8282 TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8283 0, "long_float", objfile);
8284 break;
8285 case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT:
8286 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8287 TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8288 0, "long_long_float", objfile);
8289 break;
8290 }
8291 return (type);
8292 }
8293
8294 void
8295 ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s)
8296 {
8297 int i;
8298 fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n");
8299 fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n",
8300 s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?");
8301 fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat);
8302 if (s->linetable != NULL)
8303 {
8304 fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section);
8305 for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1)
8306 {
8307 struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i;
8308 fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc);
8309 }
8310 }
8311 fprintf (stderr, "]\n");
8312 }
This page took 0.203112 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.